Bid Document 108 7C PDF

Invitation for Bid i
Government of Madhya Pradesh, India

Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited
Invitation for Bids No.: 108
Invitation for Bids
Date: 21st May, 2018
Loan/Grant No. and Title: P 42486-18-IND; Madhya Pradesh Urban Service Improvement Project II
Contract No. and Title: MPUSIP-II Package 7C, Improvement to Water Supply Services in
Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna
District in Madhya Pradesh;
Deadline for Submission of Bids- 04th September 2018, 15:00 hours.
1. The Govt. of India has applied for financing from the Asian Development Bank (ADB) toward the cost of
Madhya Pradesh urban service improvement Project II. Part of this financing will be used for payments
under the Contract named above. Bidding is open to Bidders from eligible source countries of ADB.
2. The Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited (MPUDC) (“the Employer”) invites sealed
bids from eligible Bidders for the construction and completion of Improvement to water supply services
in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna District in Madhya Pradesh.
3. Open competitive bidding will be conducted in accordance with ADB’s Procurement procedure and is
open to all Bidders from eligible countries as described in the Bidding Document.
4. To obtain further information and inspect the bidding documents, Bidders should contact:
Shri S.C. Batham

Procurement Officer, Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited
8, AreraHills, Old Jail Road,
City: Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh
Country: India
Tel: +91-755-276-3060, 61, 62; Fax: +91- 755 – 276-3868;
Email: mpusipbpl@gmail.com
5. To purchase the bidding documents in English, eligible bidders should
 Write to address above requesting the Bidding Documents for MPUSIP-II Package 7C, Improvement
to water supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna
District in Madhya Pradesh
 Pay a nonrefundable fee of Rs.34000 (Rupees Thirty four thousand only) or US$ 500 (US Dollars five
hundred only) by electronically (through Net Banking/NEFT/RTGS.
6. Deliver your bid
Invitation for Bids ii
 to the address www.mpeproc.gov.in

 on or before the deadline 04th September 2018, 15:00 hours
 Together with a Bid Security/Bid-Securing Declaration as described in the Bidding Document.
Bids will be opened immediately after the deadline for bid submission in the presence of Bidders’
representatives who choose to attend.
Invitation for Bids iii
Procurement of Works
Single-Stage: Two-Envelope Bidding Procedure
BIDDING DOCUMENT
for
Procurementof
Improvement to water supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and

Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna District in Madhya Pradesh
Package-7C
(Following ADB’s single stage two envelope bidding procedure)
Issued on: 21st May, 2018
Invitation for Bids No.:108
OCB No.: MPUSIP-7C
Employer: Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited
Country: India
Preface
This Bidding Document for the Procurement of Works has been prepared by Madhya
Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited and is based on the following:
i. Part I – Standard Bidding Document for the Procurement of Works (SBD Works) issued by
the Asian Development Bank dated [December 2015].
ii. Part II – Employer’s Requirements customised for each sub-project
iii. Part III – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms is based on Conditions of Contract for
Design, Build and Operate Projects (First Edition 2008), prepared by the Fédération
Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseils or FIDIC (FIDIC Gold Book) available at
http://fidic.org/bookshop. The GCC is deemed to include the General Conditions of Dispute
Adjudication Agreement and the Procedural Rules for Dispute Adjudication Board Members
of the FIDIC Gold Book
Table of Contents - Summary Description
PART I BIDDING PROCEDURES

Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders (ITB) ------------------------------------------------- 1-1
This Section specifies the procedures Bidders should follow when preparing and submitting their
Bids. Information is also provided on the submission, opening, evaluation of bids, and on the award
of contract.
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet (BDS) ----------------------------------------------------------- 2-1

This Section consists of provisions that are specific to each procurement and supplement the
information or requirements included in Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders.
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC) ---------------------------- 3-1

This Section contains the criteria to determine the lowest evaluated bid and the qualifications of the
Bidder to perform the contract.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms (BDF) ----------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

This Section contains the forms which are to be completed by the Bidder and submitted as part of
its Bid.
Section 5 - Eligible Countries (ELC) ------------------------------------------------------- 5-1

This Section contains the list of eligible countries.
PART II REQUIREMENTS
Section 6 - Employer’s Requirements (ERQ) ------------------------------------------- 6-1
This Section contains the Specifications, Drawings, and Supplementary Information that describe
the Works to be procured, Personnel Requirements, and Equipment Requirements.
PART III CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND CONTRACT FORMS

Section 7 - General Conditions of Contract (GCC) ----------------------------------- 7-1
This Section contains the general clauses that govern the Contract. These General Conditions
shall be the Conditions of Contract for Design, Build Operate prepared by the Fédération
Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseil (FIDIC Gold Book first edition 2008). These Conditions are
subject to the variations and additions set out in Section 8 (Particular Conditions of Contract).
Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) --------------------------------- 8-1

This Section contains provisions that are specific to each contract and that modify or supplement
the GCC. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.
Section 9 - Contract Forms (COF) ---------------------------------------------------------- 9-1

This Section contains forms, which, once completed, will form part of the Contract. The forms for
Performance Security and Advance Payment Security, when required, shall only be completed by
the successful Bidder after contract award.
Section 1 – Instructions to Bidders 1-3
Section 1: Instructions to Bidders

This Section specifies the procedures to be followed by Bidders in the preparation and submission of
their Bids. Information is also provided on the submission, opening, evaluation of bids, and award of
contract.
Table of Clauses
A. General .........................................................................................................................................1-5
1. Scope of Bid ............................................................................................................................1-5
2. Source of Funds ......................................................................................................................1-5
3. Fraud and Corruption ..............................................................................................................1-5
4. Eligible Bidders .......................................................................................................................1-7
5. Eligible Materials, Equipment, and Services...........................................................................1-9
B. Contents of Bidding Document .................................................................................................1-9

6. Sections of Bidding Document ................................................................................................1-9
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting.............................................1-10
8. Amendment of Bidding Document ..........................................................................................1-9
C. Preparation of Bids .....................................................................................................................1-9

9. Cost of Bidding ........................................................................................................................1-9
10. Language of Bid ....................................................................................................................1-11
11. Documents Comprising the Bid ............................................................................................1-10
12. Letters of Bid and Schedules ................................................................................................1-10
13. Alternative Bids .....................................................................................................................1-10
14. Bid Prices and Discounts ......................................................................................................1-11
15. Currencies of Bid and Payment ............................................................................................1-12
16. Documents Comprising the Technical Proposal ...................................................................1-13
17. Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder .....................................................1-15
18. Period of Validity of Bids .......................................................................................................1-15
19. Bid Security/Bid-Securing Declaration ..................................................................................1-13
20. Format and Signing of Bid ....................................................................................................1-15
D. Submission and Opening of Bids ............................................................................................1-15

21. Sealing and Marking of Bids .................................................................................................1-15
22. Deadline for Submission of Bids ...........................................................................................1-16
23. Late Bids ...............................................................................................................................1-16
24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids ...............................................................1-16
25. Bid Opening ..........................................................................................................................1-17
Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids ....................................................................................... 1-19

26. Confidentiality ....................................................................................................................... 1-19
27. Clarification of Bids ............................................................................................................... 1-19
28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions ............................................................................ 1-19
29. Examination of Technical Bids.............................................................................................. 1-19
30. Responsiveness of Technical Bids ....................................................................................... 1-20
31. Nonmaterial Nonconformities ............................................................................................... 1-20
32. Qualification of the Bidder ..................................................................................................... 1-21
33. Subcontractors ...................................................................................................................... 1-21
34. Correction of Arithmetical Errors........................................................................................... 1-21
35. Conversion to Single Currency ............................................................................................. 1-22
36. Domestic Preference ............................................................................................................ 1-22
37. Evaluation and Comparison of Price Bids ........................................................................... 1-22
38. Abnormally Low Bids ............................................................................................................. 1-22
39. Unbalanced or Front-Loaded Bids ........................................................................................ 1-23
40. Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids ..................................... 1-24
41. Notice of Intention for Award of Contract .............................................................................. 1-24
F. Award of Contract ..................................................................................................................... 1-24

42. Award Criteria ....................................................................................................................... 1-24
43. Notification of Award ............................................................................................................. 1-24
44. Signing of Contract ............................................................................................................... 1-24
45. Performance Security ........................................................................................................... 1-24
46. Bidding-Related Complaints ................................................................................................. 1-24

A. General
1. Scope of Bid 1.1 In connection with the Invitation for Bids (IFB) indicated in the Bid Data
Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as indicated in the BDS, issues this
Bidding Document for the procurement of Works as specified in
Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements). The name, identification, and
number of contracts of the open competitive bidding (OCB) are
provided in the BDS.
1.2 Throughout this Bidding Document,

(a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form and
delivered against receipt;
(b) except where the context requires otherwise, words indicating the
singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also
include the singular; and
(c) “day” means calendar day.
2. Source of Funds 2.1 The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) indicated in
the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called
“funds”) from the Asian Development Bank (hereinafter called “ADB”)
toward the cost of the project named in the BDS. The Borrower intends
to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the
contract(s) for which this Bidding Document is issued.
2.2 Payments by the ADB will be made only at the request of the Borrower
and upon approval by ADB in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Financing Agreement between the Borrower and ADB
(hereinafter called “Financing Agreement”), and will be subject in all
respects to the terms and conditions of that Financing Agreement. No
party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the
Financing Agreement or have any claim to the funds.
3. Fraud and 3.1 ADB’s Anticorruption Policy (1998, as amended to date) requires
Corruption Borrowers (including beneficiaries of ADB-financed activity), as well as
Bidders, Suppliers, and Contractors under ADB-financed contracts,
observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and
execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, ADB
(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth
below as follows:
(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or
soliciting, directly or indirectly, anything of value to influence
improperly the actions of another party;
(ii) “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission,
including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly
misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a
financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
(iii) “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or
threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any
party or the property of the party to influence improperly the
actions of a party;
(iv) “collusive practice” means an arrangement between
two or more parties designed to achieve an improper
purpose, including influencing improperly the actions of

another party;
(v) “abuse” means theft, waste or improper use of assets related
to ADB-related activity, either committed intentionally or
through reckless disregard;
(vi) “conflict of interest” means any situation in which a party
has interests that could improperly influence that party’s
performance of official duties or responsibilities, contractual
obligations, or compliance with applicable laws and
regulations;
(vii) “obstructive practice” means (a) deliberately destroying,
falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to an
ADB investigation, or deliberately making false statements
to investigators, with the intent to impede an ADB
investigation; (b) threatening, harassing or intimidating any
party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters
relevant to a Bank investigation or from pursuing the
investigation; or (c) deliberate acts intended to impede the
exercise of ADB’s contractual rights of audit or inspection or
access to information; and
(viii) “integrity violation" is any act, as defined under ADB’s
Integrity Principles and Guidelines (2015, as amended from
time to time), which violates ADB’s Anticorruption Policy,
including (i) to (vii) above and the following: violations of
ADB sanctions, retaliation against whistleblowers or
witnesses, and other violations of ADB's Anticorruption
Policy, including failure to adhere to the highest ethical
standard.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder
recommended for award has, directly or through an agent,
engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive
practices or other integrity violations in competing for the Contract;
(c) will cancel the portion of the financing allocated to a contract if it
determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a
beneficiary of ADB-financing engaged in corrupt, fraudulent,
collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity
violations during the procurement or the execution of that contract,
without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action
satisfactory to ADB to remedy the situation;
(d) will impose remedial actions on a firm or an individual, at any time,
in accordance with ADB’s Anticorruption Policy and Integrity
Principles and Guidelines, including declaring ineligible, either
indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to participate1 in ADB-
financed, -administered, or -supported activities or to benefit from
an ADB-financed, -administered, or -supported contract, financially
or otherwise, if it at any time determines that the firm or individual
has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent,
collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity
violations; and
(e) will have the right to require that a provision be included in bidding
documents and in contracts financed by ADB, requiring Bidders,
suppliers and contractors to permit ADB or its representative to
1
Whether as a Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, Manufacturer or Supplier, or Service Provider; or in any other capacity
(different names are used depending on the particular Bidding Document).

inspect their accounts and records and other documents relating to

the bid submission and contract performance and to have them
audited by auditors appointed by ADB.
3.2 All Bidders, consultants, contractors, suppliers, and other third parties
engaged or involved in ADB-related activities have a duty to cooperate
fully in any screening or investigation when requested by ADB to do
so. Such cooperation includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(a) being available to be interviewed and replying fully and truthfully to

all questions asked;
(b) providing ADB with any items requested that are within the party’s
control including, but not limited to, documents and other physical
objects;
(c) upon written request by ADB, authorizing other related entities to

release directly to ADB such information that is specifically and
materially related, directly or indirectly, to the said entities or issues
which are the subject of the investigation;
(d) cooperating with all reasonable requests to search or physically

inspect their person and/or work areas, including files, electronic
databases, and personal property used on ADB activities, or that
utilizes ADB’s ICT resources or systems (including mobile phones,
personal electronic devices, and electronic storage devices such
as external disk drives);
(e) cooperating in any testing requested by ADB, including but not

limited to, fingerprint identification, handwriting analysis, and
physical examination and analysis; and
(f) preserving and protecting confidentiality of all information

discussed with, and as required by, ADB.
3.3 All Bidders, consultants, contractors and suppliers shall ensure that, in
its contract with its sub-consultants, sub-contractors and other third
parties engaged or involved in ADB-related activities, such sub-
consultants, sub-contractors and other third parties similarly undertake
the foregoing duty to cooperate fully in any screening or investigation
when requested by ADB to do so.
3.4 The Employer hereby puts the Bidder on notice that the Bidder or any
Joint Venture partner of the Bidder (if any) may not be able to receive
any payments under the Contract if the Bidder or any of its Joint
Venture partners, as appropriate, is, or is owned (in whole or in part)
by a person or entity subject to applicable sanctions.
3.5 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in

Subclause 1.15 and 15.6 of the Conditions of Contract.
4. Eligible Bidders 4.1 A Bidder may be a natural person, private entity, or government-owned
enterprise subject to ITB 4.5—or any combination of them with a
formal intent to enter into an agreement or under an existing
agreement in the form of a Joint Venture. In the case of a Joint

Venture,
(a) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable; and

(b) the Joint Venture shall nominate a Representative who shall have
the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and
all the parties of the Joint Venture during the bidding process and,
in the event the Joint Venture is awarded the Contract, during
contract execution.
4.2 A Bidder, and all parties constituting the Bidder, shall have the
nationality of an eligible country, in accordance with Section 5 (Eligible
Countries). A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a
country if the Bidder is a citizen or is constituted, incorporated, or
registered, and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of
that country. This criterion shall also apply to the determination of the
nationality of proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the
Contract including related services.
4.3 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. All Bidders found to have
a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered
to be in a conflict of interest with one or more parties in the bidding
process if any of, including but not limited to, the following apply:
(a) they have controlling shareholders in common; or
(b) they receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy from
any of them; or
(c) they have the same legal representative for purposes of this bid; or
(d) they have a relationship with each other, directly or through

common third parties, that puts them in a position to have access
to material information about or improperly influence the bid of
another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer
regarding this bidding process; or
(e) a Bidder participates in more than one bid in this bidding process,
either individually or as a partner in a Joint Venture, except for
alternative offers permitted under ITB 13 of the Bidding Document.
This will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which it is
involved. However, subject to any finding of a conflict of interest in
terms of ITB 4.3(a)-(d) above, this does not limit the participation
of a Bidder as a Subcontractor in another Bid or of a firm as a
Subcontractor in more than one Bid; or
(f) a Bidder, Joint Venture partner, associates, parent company, or

any affiliated entity, participated as a Consultant in the preparation
of the design or technical specifications of the works that are the
subject of the Bid; or
(g) a Bidder was affiliated with a firm or entity that has been hired (or
is proposed to be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Engineer
for the contract; or
(h) a Bidder would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting

services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for
the preparation or implementation of the project specified in the
BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that

directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common

control with that firm.
4.4 A firm shall not be eligible to participate in any procurement activities

under an ADB-financed, -administered, or -supported project while
under temporary suspension or debarment by ADB pursuant to its
Anticorruption Policy (see ITB 3), whether such debarment was directly
imposed by ADB, or enforced by ADB pursuant to the Agreement for
Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions. A bid from a temporary
suspended or debarred firm will be rejected.
4.5 Government-owned enterprises in the Employer’s country shall be

eligible only if they can establish that they (i) are legally and financially
autonomous, (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not a
dependent agency of the Employer.
4.6 A Bidder shall not be under suspension from bidding by the Employer
as the result of the execution of a Bid–Securing Declaration.
4.7 Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility

satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably
request.
4.8 Firms shall be excluded if by an act of compliance with a decision of

the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the
Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any
import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country or
any payments to persons or entities in that country.
4.9 In case a prequalification process has been conducted prior to the

bidding process, this bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders.
5. Eligible Materials, 5.1 The materials, equipment, and services to be supplied under the
Equipment and Contract shall have their origin in eligible source countries as defined
Services in ITB 4.2, and all expenditures under the Contract will be limited to
such materials, equipment, and services. At the Employer’s request,
Bidders may be required to provide evidence of the origin of materials,
equipment, and services.
5.2 For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the
materials and equipment are mined, grown, produced, or
manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Materials and
equipment are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or
substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially
recognized product results that differs substantially in its basic
characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.
B. Contents of Bidding Document
6. Sections of 6.1 The Bidding Document consist of Parts I, II, and III, which include all
Bidding Document the sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with
any addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.
PART I Bidding Procedures

Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC)

Section 4 - Bidding Forms (BDF)

Section 5 - Eligible Countries (ELC)
PART II Requirements
Section 6 - Employer’s Requirements (ERQ)
PART III Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
Section 7 - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
Section 9 - Contract Forms (COF)
6.2 The IFB issued by the Employer is not part of the Bidding Document.
6.3 The Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding
Document and their addenda, if they were not obtained directly from
the source stated by the Employer in the IFB.
6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and
specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all
information or documentation required by the Bidding Document may
result in the rejection of the bid.
7. Clarification of 7.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification on the Bidding

Bidding Document shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s
Document, Site address indicated in the BDS or raise his inquiries during the pre-bid
Visit, Pre-Bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will
Meeting respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such
request is received no later than 21 days prior to the deadline for
submission of bids. The Employer shall forward copies of its response
to all Bidders who have acquired the Bidding Document in accordance
with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without
identifying its source. Should the Employer deem it necessary to
amend the Bidding Document as a result of a request for clarification, it
shall do so following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 22.2.
7.2 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the Site of Works and its
surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all
information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering
into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs of visiting the
Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
7.3 The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted
permission by the Employer to enter its premises and lands for the
purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the
Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the
Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in
respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury,
loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and
expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.
7.4 The Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid

meeting, if provided for in the BDS. The purpose of the meeting will be
to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be
raised at that stage.
7.5 The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the
Employer not later than 1 week before the meeting.

7.6 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting, including the text of the questions
raised, without identifying the source, and the responses given,
together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be
transmitted promptly to all Bidders who have acquired the Bidding
Document in accordance with ITB 6.3. Any modification to the Bidding
Document that may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid
meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue
of an addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the
pre-bid meeting.
7.7 Nonattendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for

disqualification of a Bidder.
8. Amendment of 8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Employer
Bidding Document may amend the Bidding Document by issuing addenda.
8.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document and shall
be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding
Document from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3.
8.3 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an

addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may, at
its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids, pursuant
to ITB 22.2
C. Preparation of Bids
9. Cost of Bidding 9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall in no case be responsible
or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
bidding process.
10. Language of Bid 10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the
bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the
language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed
literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided
they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant
passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for
purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.
11. Documents 11.1 The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted simultaneously, one
Comprising the called the Technical Bid containing the documents listed in ITB 11.2
Bid and the other the Price Bid containing the documents listed in ITB
11.3, both envelopes enclosed together in an outer single envelope.
11.2 The Technical Bid shall comprise the following:
(a) Letter of Technical Bid;

(b) Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB
19;
(c) alternative Bids, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13;
(d) written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit
the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 20.2;

(e) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 17, establishing the

Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract;
(f) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 16;
(g) Any other document required in the BDS.
11.3 The Price Bid shall comprise the following:
(a) Letter of Price Bid;

(b) completed Price Schedules, in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
(c) alternative price Bids, at Bidder’s option and if permissible, in
accordance with ITB 13;
(d) Any other document required in the BDS.
11.4 In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by a

Joint Venture shall include a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement
entered into by all partners. Alternatively, a Letter of Intent to execute
a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid shall be
signed by all partners and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy
of the proposed agreement.
12. Letters of Bid and 12.1 The Letters of Technical Bid and Price Bid, and the Schedules,
Schedules including the Bill of Quantities, shall be prepared using the relevant
forms furnished in Section 4 (Bidding Forms). The forms must be
completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall
be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information
requested and as required in the BDS.
13. Alternative Bids 13.1 Unless otherwise indicated in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be
considered.
13.2 When alternative times for completion are explicitly invited, a statement
to that effect will be included in the BDS, as will the method of
evaluating different times for completion.
13.3 Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer
technical alternatives to the requirements of the Bidding Document
must first price the Employer’s design as described in the Bidding
Document and shall further provide all information necessary for a
complete evaluation of the alternative by the Employer, including
drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of
prices, and proposed construction methodology and other relevant
details. Only the technical alternatives, if any, of the lowest evaluated
Bidder conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be
considered by the Employer.
13.4 When specified in the BDS, Bidders are permitted to submit alternative
technical solutions for specified parts of the Works. Such parts will be
identified in the BDS and described in Section 6 (Employer’s
Requirements). The method for their evaluation will be stipulated in
Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
14. Bid Prices and 14.1 The prices and discounts quoted by the Bidder in the Letter of Price
Discounts Bid and in the Bill of Quantities shall conform to the requirements
specified below.

14.2 The Bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works
described in the Bill of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price
is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when
executed and shall be deemed covered by the rates for other items
and prices in the Bill of Quantities.
14.3 The price to be quoted in the Letter of Price Bid, in accordance with
ITB 12.1, shall be the total price of the Bid, excluding any discounts
offered. Absence of the total bid price in the Letter of Price Bid may
result in the rejection of the Bid.
14.4 The Bidder shall quote any discounts and the methodology for their
application in the Letter of Price Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1.
14.5 The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the BDS.
(a) In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be
fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the contract and not
subject to variation on any account. A Bid submitted with an
adjustable price will be treated as nonresponsive and rejected.
(b) In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall
be subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to
reflect changes in the cost elements such as labor, material,
transport, and contractor’s equipment in accordance with the
provisions of the Conditions of Contract. A Bid submitted with a
fixed price will be treated as nonresponsive and be rejected. The
Bidder shall furnish the indexes and weightings for the price
adjustment formulas in the Tables of Adjustment Data included in
Section 4 (Bidding Forms) and the Employer may require the
Bidder to justify its proposed indexes and weightings. Any bid that
omits indexes and weightings shall be subject to clarification with
the Bidder.
14.6 If so indicated in ITB 1.1, bids are being invited for individual contracts
or for any combination of contracts (packages). Bidders wishing to
offer any price reduction for the award of more than one Contract shall
specify in their bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or
alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package. Price
reductions or discounts shall be submitted in accordance with ITB
14.4, provided the Bids for all contracts are submitted and opened at
the same time.
14.7 All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the
Contract, or for any other cause, as of the date 28 days prior to the
deadline for submission of bids, shall be included in the rates and
prices and the total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder.
15. Currencies of Bid 15.1 The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the Bidder entirely in
and Payment the currency specified in the BDS.
15.2 Bidders shall indicate the portion of the bid price that corresponds to
expenditures incurred in the currency of the Employer’s country in the
Schedule of Payment Currencies included in Section 4 (Bidding
Forms).

15.3 Bidders expecting to incur expenditures in other currencies for inputs

to the Works supplied from outside the Employer’s country and wishing
to be paid accordingly may indicate the other currencies in the
Schedule of Payment Currencies included in Section 4 (Bidding
Forms).
15.4 The rates of exchange to be used by the Bidder for currency

conversion during bid preparation shall be the selling rates for similar
transactions prevailing on the date 28 days prior to the deadline for
submission of bids published by the source specified in the BDS. If
exchange rates are not so published for certain currencies, the Bidder
shall state the rates used and the source. Bidders should note that for
the purpose of payments, the exchange rates confirmed by the source
specified in the BDS as the selling rates prevailing 28 days prior to the
deadline for submission of Bids shall apply for the duration of the
Contract so that no currency exchange risk is borne by the Bidder.
15.5 Foreign currency requirements indicated by the Bidders in the

Schedule of Payment Currencies shall include but not limited to the
specific requirements for
(a) expatriate staff and labor employed directly on the Works;

(b) social, insurance, medical and other charges relating to such
expatriate staff and labor, and foreign travel expenses;
(c) imported materials, both temporary and permanent, including fuels,
oil and lubricants required for the Works;
(d) depreciation and usage of imported Plant and Contractor's
Equipment, including spare parts, required for the Works;
(e) foreign insurance and freight charges for imported materials, Plant
and Contractor's Equipment, including spare parts; and
(f) overhead expenses, fees, profit, and financial charges arising
outside the Employer's country in connection with the Works.
15.6 Bidders may be required by the Employer to clarify their foreign

currency requirements, and to substantiate that the amounts included
in the unit rates and prices and shown in the Schedule of Payment
Currencies are reasonable and responsive to ITB 15.3 above, in which
case a detailed breakdown of its foreign currency requirements shall
be provided by the Bidder.
15.7 Bidders should note that during the progress of the Works, the foreign
currency requirements of the outstanding balance of the Contract Price
may be adjusted by agreement between the Employer and the
Contractor in order to reflect any changes in foreign currency
requirements for the Contract, in accordance with Subclause 14.15 of
the Conditions of Contract. Any such adjustment shall be effected by
comparing the percentages quoted in the bid with the amounts already
used in the Works and the Contractor's future needs for imported
items.
16. Documents 16.1 The Bidder shall furnish a Technical Proposal including a statement of
Comprising the work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule, and any other
Technical information as stipulated in Section 4 (Bidding Forms), in sufficient
Proposal detail to demonstrate the adequacy of the Bidders’ proposal to meet

the work requirements and the completion time.
17. Documents 17.1 To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract in accordance
Establishing the with Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall
Qualifications of provide the information requested in the corresponding information
the Bidder sheets included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms).
17.2 Domestic Bidders, individually or in Joint Ventures, applying for

eligibility for domestic preference shall supply all information required
to satisfy the criteria for eligibility as described in ITB 36.
18. Period of Validity 18.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS after the bid
of Bids submission deadline date prescribed by the Employer. A bid valid for a
shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
18.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the bid validity

period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of
validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in
writing. If a bid security is requested in accordance with ITB 19, it shall
also be extended 28 days beyond the deadline of the extended validity
period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its bid
security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or
permitted to modify its Bid.
19. Bid Security/Bid- 19.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Bidder shall furnish as part
Securing of its Bid, in original form, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a bid
Declaration security as specified in the BDS. In the case of a bid security, the
amount and currency shall be as specified in the BDS.
19.2 If a Bid-Securing Declaration is required pursuant to ITB 19.1, it shall

use the form included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms). The Employer will
declare a Bidder ineligible to be awarded a Contract for a specified
period of time, as indicated in the BDS, if the Bid-Securing Declaration
is executed.
19.3 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the bid security shall
be, at the Bidder’s option, in any of the following forms:
(a) an unconditional bank guarantee,

(b) an irrevocable letter of credit,
(c) a cashier’s or certified check, or
(d) SWIFT message in the form of MT760.
all from a reputable source from an eligible country as described in
Section 5 (Eligible Countries). In the case of a bank guarantee, the bid
security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included
in Section 4 (Bidding Forms) or another form acceptable to the
Employer. The form must include the complete name of the Bidder.
The bid security shall be valid for 28 days beyond the original validity
period of the bid, or beyond any period of extension if requested under
ITB 18.2.
19.4 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, any Bid not accompanied by a
substantially compliant bid security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if one
is required in accordance with ITB 19.1, shall be rejected by the
Employer as nonresponsive.

19.5 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the bid security of
unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned promptly upon the successful
Bidder’s furnishing of the performance security pursuant to ITB 45.
19.6 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the bid security of the
successful Bidder shall be returned promptly once the successful
Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required
performance security.
19.7 The bid security may be forfeited or the Bid Securing Declaration
executed, if
(a) notwithstanding ITB 24.3, a Bidder withdraws its bid during the
period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letters of
Technical Bid and Price Bid, except as provided in ITB 18.2; or
(b) the successful Bidder fails to
(i) sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 44;
(ii) furnish a performance security in accordance with ITB 45;
(iii) accept the arithmetical correction of its Bid in accordance with
ITB 34; or
(iv) furnish a domestic preference security, if so required.
19.8 If the bid security is required as per ITB 19.1, the bid security of a Joint
Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture that submits the Bid.
If the Joint Venture has not been legally constituted at the time of
bidding, the bid security shall be in the name of any or all of the Joint
Venture partners. If the Bid-Securing Declaration is required as per ITB
19.1, the Bid-Securing Declaration of a Joint Venture shall be in the
name of the Joint Venture that submits the Bid. If the Joint Venture has
not been legally constituted at the time of bidding, the Bid-Securing
Declaration shall be in the names of all future partners as named in the
letter of intent mentioned in ITB 4.1.
20. Format and 20.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original set of the Technical Bid and one
Signing of Bid original set of the Price Bid comprising the Bid as described in ITB 11
and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID” and “ORIGINAL -
PRICE BID.” Alternative Bids, if permitted in accordance with ITB 13,
shall be clearly marked “ALTERNATIVE.” In addition, the Bidder shall
submit copies of the Technical and Price Bids, in the number specified
in the BDS, and clearly mark each of them “COPY.” In the event of any
discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall
prevail.
20.2 The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in
indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on
behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written
confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the bid.
The name and position held by each person signing the authorization
must be typed or printed below the signature. If a Bidder submits a
deficient authorization, the Bid shall not be rejected in the first
instance. The Employer shall request the Bidder to submit an
acceptable authorization within the number of days as specified in the
BDS. Failure to provide an acceptable authorization within the period
as stated in the Employer’s request shall cause the rejection of the Bid.
If either the Letter of Technical Bid or Letter of Price Bid or Bid-

Securing Declaration (if applicable) is not signed, the Bid shall be

rejected.
20.3 Any amendments such as interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall

be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the
Bid.
D. Submission and Opening of Bids
21. Sealing and 21.1 Bidders may always submit their Bids by mail or by hand. When so
Marking of Bids specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the option of submitting their
Bids electronically. Procedures for submission, sealing, and marking
are as follows:
(a) Bidders submitting Bids by mail or by hand shall enclose the

original of the Technical Bid, the original of the Price Bid, and each
copy of the Technical Bid and each copy of the Price Bid, in
separate sealed envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as
“ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID,” “ORIGINAL - PRICE BID,” and
“COPY NO… - TECHNICAL BID” and “COPY NO…. - PRICE
BID.” These envelopes, the first containing the originals and the
others containing copies, shall then be enclosed in one single
envelope per set. If permitted in accordance with ITB 13,
alternative Bids shall be similarly sealed, marked and included in
the sets. The rest of the procedure shall be in accordance with ITB
21.2 and ITB 21.5.
(b) Bidders submitting Bids electronically shall follow the electronic bid
submission procedures specified in the BDS.
21.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall
(a) bear the name and address of the Bidder;

(b) be addressed to the Employer in accordance with BDS 22.1; and
(c) bear the specific identification of this bidding process indicated in
the BDS 1.1.
21.3 The outer envelopes and the inner envelopes containing the Technical
Bid shall bear a warning not to open before the time and date for the
opening of Technical Bid, in accordance with ITB 25.1.
21.4 The inner envelopes containing the Price Bid shall bear a warning not
to open until advised by the Employer in accordance with ITB 25.7.
21.5 If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer
will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature
opening of the Bid.
22. Deadline for 22.1 Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later
Submission of than the date and time indicated in the BDS.
Bids
22.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the
submission of Bids by amending the Bidding Document in accordance
with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and
Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to

the deadline as extended.
23. Late Bids 23.1 The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline
for submission of bids, in accordance with ITB 22. Any bid received by
the Employer after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be
declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.
24. Withdrawal, 24.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid – Technical or
Substitution, and Price – after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly
Modification of signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the
Bids authorization in accordance with ITB 20.2, (except for withdrawal
notices, which do not require copies). The corresponding substitution
or modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written
notice. All notices must be
(a) prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 20 and ITB 21

(except for withdrawal notices, which do not require copies), and in
addition, the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked
“WITHDRAWAL,” “SUBSTITUTION,” “MODIFICATION”; and
(b) received by the Employer no later than the deadline prescribed for
submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 22.
24.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall be

returned unopened to the Bidders.
24.3 No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval

between the deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration of the
period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letters of Technical
Bid and Price Bid or any extension thereof.
25. Bid Opening 25.1 The Employer shall open the Technical Bids in public at the address,
on the date and time specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidders`
designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend. Any
specific electronic bid opening procedures required if electronic bidding
is permitted in accordance with ITB 21.1, shall be as specified in the
BDS. The Price Bids will remain unopened and will be held in custody
of the Employer until the specified time of their opening. If the
Technical Bid and the Price Bid are submitted together in one
envelope, the Employer may reject the entire Bid. Alternatively, the
Price Bid may be immediately resealed for later evaluation.
25.2 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read

out and the envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened,
but returned to the Bidder. No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless
the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to
request the withdrawal and is read out at bid opening.
25.3 Second, outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened.

The inner envelopes containing the Substitution Technical Bid and/or
Substitution Price Bid shall be exchanged for the corresponding
envelopes being substituted, which are to be returned to the Bidder

unopened. Only the Substitution Technical Bid, if any, shall be opened,

read out, and recorded. Substitution Price Bid will remain unopened in
accordance with ITB 25.1. No envelope shall be substituted unless the
corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to
request the substitution and is read out and recorded at bid opening.
25.4 Next, outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened. No

Technical Bid and/or Price Bid shall be modified unless the
corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to
request the modification and is read out and recorded at the opening of
Technical Bids. Only the Technical Bids, both Original as well as
Modification, are to be opened, read out, and recorded at the opening.
Price Bids, both Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened
in accordance with ITB 25.1.
25.5 All other envelopes holding the Technical Bids shall be opened one at
a time, and the following read out and recorded:
1. the name of the Bidder;

2. whether there is a modification or substitution;
3. the presence of a bid security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if
required; and
4. any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
Only Technical Bids and alternative Technical Bids read out and
recorded at bid opening shall be considered for evaluation. Unless
otherwise specified in the BDS, all pages of the Letter of Technical Bid
are to be initialed by at least three representatives of the Employer
attending bid opening. No Bid shall be rejected at the opening of
Technical Bids except for late bids, in accordance with ITB 23.1.
25.6 The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Technical Bids
that shall include, as a minimum, the name of the Bidder and whether
there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification; alternative
proposals; and the presence or absence of a bid security or Bid-
Securing Declaration, if one was required. The Bidders’
representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.
The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate
the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be
distributed to all Bidders who submitted Bids on time, and posted
online when electronic bidding is permitted.
25.7 At the end of the evaluation of the Technical Bids, the Employer will
invite bidders who have submitted substantially responsive Technical
Bids and who have been determined as being qualified for award to
attend the opening of the Price Bids. The date, time, and location of
the opening of Price Bids will be advised in writing by the Employer.
Bidders shall be given reasonable notice of the opening of Price Bids.
25.8 The Employer will notify Bidders in writing who have been rejected on
the grounds of their Technical Bids being substantially nonresponsive
to the requirements of the Bidding Document and return their Price
Bids unopened.
25.9 The Employer shall conduct the opening of Price Bids of all Bidders
who submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids, in the

presence of Bidders` representatives who choose to attend at the

address, on the date, and time specified by the Employer. The Bidder’s
representatives who are present shall be requested to sign a register
evidencing their attendance.
25.10All envelopes containing Price Bids shall be opened one at a time and
the following read out and recorded:
(a) the name of the Bidder;
(b) whether there is a modification or substitution;

(c) the Bid Prices, including any discounts and alternative offers; and
(d) any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
Only Price Bids discounts, and alternative offers read out and
recorded during the opening of Price Bids shall be considered for
evaluation. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, all pages of the
Letter of Price Bid and Bill of Quantities are to be initialed by at least
three representatives of the Employer attending bid opening. No Bid
shall be rejected at the opening of Price Bids.
25.11The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Price Bids that
shall include, as a minimum, the name of the Bidder, the Bid Price (per
lot if applicable), any discounts, and alternative offers. The Bidders’
representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.
The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate
the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be
distributed to all Bidders who submitted Bids on time, and posted
online when electronic bidding is permitted.
E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids
26. Confidentiality 26.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and
post-qualification of Bids and recommendation of contract award, shall
not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially
concerned with such process until information on the Contract award is
communicated to all Bidders.
26.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of

the Bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its
Bid.
26.3 Notwithstanding ITB 26.2, from the time of bid opening to the time of
Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any
matter related to the bidding process, it may do so in writing.
27. Clarification of 27.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the
Bids Technical and Price Bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any
Bidder for a clarification of its Bid. Any clarification submitted by a
Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be
considered. The Employer’s request for clarification and the response
shall be in writing. No change in the substance of the Technical Bid or
prices in the Price Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to
confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer

in the evaluation of the Price Bids, in accordance with ITB 33.
27.2 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time
set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.
28. Deviations, 28.1 During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:
Reservations, and
Omissions (a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the
Bidding Document;
(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding
from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the
Bidding Document; and
(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or
documentation required in the Bidding Document.
29. Examination 29.1 The Employer shall examine the Technical Bid to confirm that all
of Technical Bids documents and technical documentation requested in ITB 11.2 have
been provided, and to determine the completeness of each document
submitted.
29.2 The Employer shall confirm that the following documents and
information have been provided in the Technical Bid. If any of these
documents or information is missing, the offer shall be rejected.
(a) Letter of Technical Bid;

(b) written confirmation of authorization to commit the Bidder;
(c) Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if applicable; and
(d) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 16.
30. Responsivenessof 30.1 The Employer’s determination of a Bid’s responsiveness is to be based

Technical Bid on the contents of the bid itself, as defined in ITB11.
30.2 A substantially responsive Technical Bid is one that meets the

requirements of the Bidding Document without material deviation,
reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission
is one that,
(a) if accepted, would:

(i) affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or
performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or
(ii) limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding
Document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations
under the proposed Contract; or
(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other
Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
30.3 The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid submitted
in accordance with ITB 16, Technical Proposal, in particular, to confirm
that all requirements of Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements) have
been met without any material deviation, reservation, or omission.
30.4 If a Bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the

Bidding Document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not
subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material

deviation, reservation, or omission.
31. Nonmaterial 31.1 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may
Nonconformities waive any nonconformities in the Bid that do not constitute a material
deviation, reservation, or omission.
31.2 Provided that a Technical Bidis substantially responsive, the Employer

may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or
documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify
nonmaterial nonconformities in the Technical Bidrelated to
documentation requirements. Requesting information or
documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any
aspect of the Price Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request
may result in the rejection of its Bid.
31.3 Provided that a Technical Bidis substantially responsive, the Employer

shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid
Price. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison
purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item
or component. The adjustment shall be made using the method
indicated in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
32. Qualification of 32.1 The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction during the evaluation
the Bidder of Technical Bids whether Biddersmeet the qualifying criteria specified
in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
32.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the

documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the
Bidder, pursuant to ITB 17.1. Unless permitted in the BDS, the
determination shall not take into consideration the qualifications of
other firms such as the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates,
Subcontractors (other than Specialist Subcontractors if permitted in
ITB 33.2 of the Bidding document), or any other firm(s) different from
the Bidder.
32.3 An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for the opening and

evaluation of a Bidder’s Price Bid. The Employer reserves the right to
reject the bid of any bidder found to be in circumstances described in
GCC 15.2(e). A negative determination shall result into the
disqualification of the Bid, in which event the Employer shall return the
unopened Price Bid to the Bidder.
33. Subcontractors 33.1 Unless otherwise stated in the BDS, the Employer does not intend for
the contractor to execute any specific elements of the Works through
nominated subcontractors.
33.2 If subcontractors are proposed for any of the key activities listed in
Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification) Criteria 2.4.2, they shall be
considered as “Specialist Subcontractors” and shall meet qualification
requirements for the relevant key activities.
34. Correction of 34.1 During the evaluation of Price Bids, the Employer shall correct
Arithmetical arithmetical errors on the following basis:
Errors
(a) If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price
that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit

price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected, unless in
the opinion of the Employer there is an obvious misplacement of
the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as
quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected.
(b) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or
subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total
shall be corrected.
(c) If there is a discrepancy between the bid price in the Summary of
Bill of Quantities and the bid amount in item (c) of the Letter of
Price Bid, the bid price in the Summary of Bill of Quantities will
prevail and the bid amount in item (c) of the Letter of Price Bid will
be corrected.
(d) If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in
words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is
related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures
shall prevail subject to (a), (b) and (c) above.
34.2 If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated bid does not accept
the correction of errors, its Bid shall be disqualified and its bid security
may be forfeited or its Bid-Securing Declaration executed.
35. Conversion to 35.1 For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the Bid
Single Currency shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
36. Domestic 36.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, domestic preference shall not
Preference apply.
37. Evaluation and 37.1 The Employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed in this
Comparison of Clause. No other evaluation criteria or methodologies shall be
Price Bids permitted.
37.2 To evaluate the Price Bid, the Employer shall consider the following:
(a) the bid price, excluding Provisional Sums and the provision, if any,
for contingencies in the Summary Bill of Quantities, but including
Daywork items, where priced competitively;
(b) price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance
with ITB 34.1;
(c) price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB
14.4;
(d) converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if
relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 35;
(e) adjustment for nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance with ITB
31.3;
(f) assessment whether the bid is abnormally low in accordance with
ITB 38; and
(g) application of all the evaluation factors indicated in Section 3
(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
37.3 The estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the

Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the
Contract, shall not be taken into account in bid evaluation.

37.4 If this Bidding Document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for
different contracts, and the award to a single Bidder of multiple
contracts, the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated price of
the contract combinations, including any discounts offered in the Letter
of Price Bid, is specified in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria).
37.5 The Employer shall compare all substantially responsive Bids to
determine the lowest evaluated Bid price, in accordance with ITB 37.2.
38. Abnormally Low 38.1 An abnormally low bid is one where the bid price, in combination with
bids other elements of the bid, appears to be so low that it raises concerns as
to the capability of the Bidder to perform the contract for the offered bid
price.
38.2 When the offered bid price appears to be abnormally low, the
Employer shall undertake a three-step review process as follows:
(a) identify abnormally low costs and unit rates by comparing them
with the engineer’s estimates, other substantially responsive bids,
or recently awarded similar contracts;
(b) clarify and analyze the bidder’s resource inputs and pricing,
including overheads, contingencies and profit margins; and
(c) decide whether to accept or reject the bid.
38.3 With regard to ITB 38.2 (b) above, the Employer will seek a written
explanation from the bidder of the reasons for the offered bid price,
including a detailed analysis of costs and unit prices, by reference to
the scope, proposed methodology, schedule, and allocation of risks
and responsibilities. This may also include information regarding the
economy of the manufacturing process; the services to be provided, or
the construction method to be used; the technical solutions to be
adopted; and any exceptionally favorable conditions available to the
bidder for the works, equipment or services proposed.
38.4 After examining the explanation given and the detailed price analyses
presented by the bidder, the Employer may:
(a) accept the bid, if the evidence provided satisfactorily accounts for
the low bid price and costs, in which case the bid is not considered
abnormally low;
(b) accept the bid, but require that the amount of the performance
security be increased at the expense of the bidder to a level
sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss. The
amount of the performance security shall generally be not more
than 20% of the contract price; or
(c) reject the bid if the evidence provided does not satisfactorily
account for the low bid price, and make a similar determination for
the next ranked bid, if required.
39. Unbalanced or 39.1 If the Bid, which results in the lowest evaluated Bid Price, is seriously
Front-Loaded Bids unbalanced or front-loaded in the opinion of the Employer, the
Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses

for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal
consistency of those prices with the construction methods and
schedule proposed, as well as the pricing and sources of materials,
equipment and labor.
39.2 After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analyses
presented by the Bidder, the Employer may as appropriate:
(a) accept the Bid; or
(b) accept the Bid, but require that the total amount of the
Performance Security be increased at the expense of the Bidder to
a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in
the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract
subject to ITB 45.2; or
(c) reject the Bid and make a similar determination for the next ranked
bid.
40. Employer’s Right 40.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to
to Accept Any Bid, annul the bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to
and to Reject Any contract award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In
or All Bids case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, bid securities,
shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.
41. Notice of Intention 41.1 If Standstill provisions apply as specified in the BDS, the standstill
for Award of period shall be defined in the BDS to specify the duration subsequent
Contract to notification of intention for award of contract (before making the
actual contract award) within which any unsuccessful bidder can
challenge the proposed award.
F. Award of Contract
42. Award Criteria 42.1 The Employer shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has
been determined in line with ITB 37 to ITB 39 above to be the lowest
evaluated Bid and is substantially responsive to the Bidding Document,
provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform
the Contract satisfactorily.
43. Notification of 43.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity and upon expiry of
Award the standstill period specified in ITB 41.1, or upon satisfactory
resolution of a complaint filed within standstill period, if applicable, the
Employer shall transmit the Notification of Award using the form
included in Section 9 (Contract Forms) to the successful Bidder, in
writing, that its Bid has been accepted.
43.2 Unless standstill period applies, upon notification of award,

unsuccessful Bidders may request in writing to the Employer for a
debriefing seeking explanations on the grounds on which their Bids
were not selected. The Employer shall promptly respond in writing
and/or in a debriefing meeting to any unsuccessful Bidder who, after
publication of contract award, requests a debriefing.
43.3 Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification of

award shall constitute a binding Contract.

43.4 Within 2 weeks of the award of contract or expiry of the standstill

period, where such period applies, or, if a complaint has been filed
within the standstill period, upon receipt of ADB’s confirmation of
satisfactory resolution of the complaint, the borrower shall publish in an
English language newspaper or widely known and freely accessible
website the results identifying the bid and lot or package numbers, as
applicable and the following information:
(a) name of each Bidder who submitted a Bid;
(b) bid prices as read out at bid opening;
(c) name and evaluated prices of each Bid that was evaluated;
(d) name of Bidders whose bids were rejected and the reasons for
their rejection; and
(e) name of the winning Bidder, and the price it offered, as well as the
duration and summary scope of the contract awarded.
44. Signing of 44.1 Promptly after notification, the Employer shall send the successful
Contract Bidder the Contract Agreement.
44.2 Within 28 days of receipt of the Contract Agreement, the successful

Bidder shall sign, date, and return it to the Employer.
45. Performance 45.1 Within 28 days of the receipt of notification of award from the
Security Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the performance security
in accordance with the conditions of contract, subject to ITB 38 and
ITB 39, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included
in Section 9 (Contract Forms), or another form acceptable to the
Employer. If the institution issuing the performance security is located
outside the country of the employer, it shall have a correspondent
financial institution located in the country of the employer to make it
enforceable.
45.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned

Performance Security or to sign the Contract Agreement shall
constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and
forfeiture of the bid security or execution of the Bid-Securing
Declaration. In that event, the Employer may award the Contract to the
next lowest evaluated Bidder whose offer is substantially responsive
and is determined by the Employer to be qualified to perform the
Contract satisfactorily.
45.3 The above provision shall also apply to the furnishing of a domestic
preference security if so required.
46. Bidding-Related 46.1 The procedures for dealing with Bidding-Related Complaints arising
Complaints out of this bidding process are specified in the BDS.

Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet

This Section consists of provisions that are specific to each procurement and supplement the
information or requirements included in Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders.
A. General
ITB 1.1 The number of the Invitation for Bids is: 108
ITB 1.1 The Employer is: Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited
The name of the Open Competitive Bidding (OCB) is: : Improvement to water
ITB 1.1 supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in
Satna District in Madhya Pradesh.
The identification number of the OCB is: Package Number –MPUSIP-7C
The number and identification of lots comprising this OCB is: One
ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: Government of India
ITB 2.1 The name of the Project is: P 42486-018 IND Madhya Pradesh Urban Services
Improvement Project (MPUSIP)
B. Contents of Bidding Documents
ITB 7.1 For clarification purposes only, the Employer’s address is:
Attention: Shri S.C. Batham
Procurement Officer, Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited
8, AreraHills, Old Jail Road,
Country: India
Tel: +91-755-276-3060, 61, 62; Fax: +91- 755 – 276-3868;
A Pre-Bid meeting will take place.
ITB 7.4
Date: 24th August, 2018
Time: 11:00 Hrs
Place: Conference Hall,MPUDC, 8, Arera Hills, Old Jail Road, Bhopal
The bidders interested to visit the project site can do so during 20th to 21st August
2018, with intimation to the Employer. For field visit, please contact Mr. S.S.
Khare Project Manager In-charge, MPUDC, Rewa (mobile no +91 9893350592),
Representative of the department/ or Design Consultant would facilitate the field
visit. The interested bidders are encouraged to visit the site during this period

Section 2 – Bid Data Sheet 2-28
C. Preparation of Bids
ITB 10.1 The language of the Bid is: English
Revise the clause as follows:

ITB 11.1 The Bid shall comprise one hard copy envelope called Technical Bid Envelope A
and two electronic envelopes called Technical Bid Envelope B and Price Bid
Envelope C. The documents in Technical Bid Envelope A and B are listed in ITB
11.2 below and the Price Bid Envelope containing the documents listed in ITB
11.3.
Revise clause as follows:
ITB 11.3 The price bid should be submitted only online and shall comprise the following:
Price Bid Envelope:
1. Letter of Price Bid (Scanned copy)
2. Completed Price Schedules in accordance with ITB 12.(Online
submission in appropriate form of Bill of Quantities)
3. Any other document required in BDS.(Scanned Copy)
ITB 13.1 Alternative Bids shall not be permitted.
ITB 13.2 Alternative times for completion shall not bepermitted.
ITB 13.4 Alternative technical solutions shall be permitted for the following parts of the
Works: None
ITB 14.5 The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to price adjustment.
The formula for adjusting the prices and explanatory details are provided in the
tables of adjustment data included in Section 4 (Bidding forms).
ITB 14.7 The bidder shall have to quote rates and prices and the Total Bid Price inclusive
of all duties, royalties, levies and taxes as of the date 28 days prior to the
deadline for submission of bids except Goods and Services Tax (GST). The
amount of applicable GST will be paid separately to the Contractor with each bill
at the time of payment. The employer shall not be liable for any duties, taxes
(except GST) royalties and levies.
ITB 15.1 The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the Bidder entirely in Indian
Rupees Only.
ITB 15.4 The rates of exchange shall be the selling rates 28 days prior to the deadline for
submission of bids published by the Reserve Bank of India.
ITB 18.1 The bid validity period shall be 120 [one hundred and twenty] days.
The Bidder shall furnish a bid security for the amount of INR 6.80 Million.
ITB 19.1
The Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be permitted.

ITB 19.2 The ineligibility period will not be applicable
ITB 19.4 Subject to the succeeding sentences, any bid not accompanied by an irrevocable
and callable bid security shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive. If a
Bidder submits a bid security that:
(i) deviates in form, amount, and/or period of validity, or

(ii) does not provide sufficient identification of the Bidder (including, without
limitation, failure to indicate the name of the Joint Venture or, where the Joint
Venture has not yet been constituted, the names of all future Joint Venture
Partners), the Employer shall request the Bidder to submit a compliant bid
security within seven (7) days of receiving such a request. Failure to provide a
compliant bid security within the prescribed period of receiving such a request
shall cause the rejection of the Bid.
ITB 20.1 In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Not applicable
The contents of clause 20.2 and 20.3 of ITB shall be replaced as below:
ITB 20.2
The Bidders have to submit their Bids online, encrypt their Bid. The submission of
Bid has to be done by submission of Bid Seals (Hashes) of all the envelopes and
documents related to the Bid and is required to be uploaded as per time schedule
mentioned in the key dates of the Invitation for Bid after signing of the same by
the Digital signatures of appropriate authorised representative. The hard copies of
documents mentioned in ITB 11.2 are required to be submitted to the authority as
mentioned.
D. Submission and Opening of Bids
ITB 21.1 Replace the sub-clause as:

Bidders shall submit their Bids electronically through MP Government e-
Procurement website www.mpeproc.gov.in
The electronic bidding submission procedures shall be:
ITB 21.1 (b)
E-Tendering” means submission of a digitally signed bid (by a valid digital
certificate which has been issued by a licensed Certifying Agency, as approved
by Controller of Certifying Agency) which is stored in Time Stamped electronic
sealed tender box.
Bidders, who wish to participate in the bidding process, shall have to procure
digital certificate as per Information Technology Act 2000 using which they can
sign their electronic bids. Bidders can procure the same from any approved
certifying agency. Online bids will have to be digitally signed and submitted in a
Time stamped electronic sealed tender box on www.mpeproc.gov.in.
On the e-Procurement portal, a bidder is given an option to specify his areas of
interest under maximum 10 different categories of activities (product category)
and these are stored. When an IFB is published, the mails are automatically sent
to the bidders who have selected the category for which the works in IFB belong
to, by the system at the end of day. Thus the bidder gets information on
opportunities, IFBs, for the product category selected by the bidder. In case, a
bidder selects and keeps any tender as his favourite tender, All clarifications,
corrigendum, Addendums etc are informed by mail and /or SMS to the bidder
automatically.

The e-procurement system will scan the uploaded documents for virus and if a
document uploaded by the bidder is found to have virus, the system shall reject
the uploaded file. Bidders shall take due care to ensure that the documents
uploaded by them in e-procurements system are virus free. Employer shall not be
liable for such rejections.
Procedure for participation in e-Tendering
1. Registration of Bidders on e-Tendering System

All bidders intend to submit their bid should be registered on the e-
procurement portal https://www,mpeproc.gov.in. For moredetails, interested
bidders may contact M/s Tata consultancy Services, Corporate Block, 5th
floor, DB city Bhopal-462011, email id: eproc_helpdesk@mpsdc.gov.in.
Helpdesk phone numbers are available on website.
2. Digital Certificate:
The bids submitted online should be signed electronically with a class III
Digital Certificate to establish the identity of the bidder submitting the bid
online. The bidders may obtain class III Certificate issued by an approved
certifying Authority authorized by the controller of certifying Authorities,
government of India. A class III digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of
the required proofs along with an application. Only upon the receipt of the
required documents, a digital certificate can be issued. For details please
visit cca.gov.in.
Note:
iIt may take up to 7 working days for issuance of class III digital certificate;
hence the bidders are advised to obtain the certificate at the earliest. Those
bidders who already have valid class III digital certificate need not obtain
another Digital Certificate for the same.
The bidders may obtain more information and the APPLICATION FORM
REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED FOR THE ISSUANCE OF DIGITAL
CERTIFICATE FROM cca.gov.in.
ii Bids can be submitted till bid submission end date. Bidder will require digital
signature while bid submission. The digital certificate issued to the
authorized user of a partnership firm/Private limited company/Public Limited
Company and user for online bidding will be considered as equivalent to a
no-objection certificate/power of attorney to that user.
In case of Partnership firm, majority of the partners have to authorize a

specific individual through authority letter signed by majority of partners of
the firm.
In case of Private Limited company, Public Limited company, the Managing
Director has to authorize a specific individual through Authority Letter.
Unless the certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate
authority of the specific individual to bid on behalf of the organization for
online bids as per Information Technology Act 2000. This authorized user
will be required to obtain a digital certificate. The digital signature executed
through the use of the responsibility of management/partners of the
concerned firm to inform the certifying authority, if the authorized user

changes, and apply for a fresh digital certificate for the new authorized user.
3. Set Up of Bidder’s Computer System:

In order for a bidder to operate on the e-tendering System, the Computer
system of the bidder is required to be set up for Operating System, Internet
Connectivity, Utilities, Fonts, etc. The details are available at
https://www.mpeproc.gov.in.
4. Key Dates:
The bidders are strictly advised to follow the time schedule (Key dates) of
the bid on their side for tasks and responsibilities to participate in the bid, as
all the stages of each bid are locked before the start time and date and after
the end time and date for the relevant stage if the bid as set by the
Department.
5. Preparation and Submission of Bids
The bidders have to prepare their online, encrypt their bid data in the Bid
forms and submit Bid of all the envelopes and documents related to the Bid
required to be uploaded as per the time schedule mentioned in the key dates
of the notice inviting e- Tenders after singing of the same by the Digital
Signature of their authorized representatives.
6. Purchase of Bid Document
For purchasing of the bid document bidders have to pay the charges as
mentioned in the detailedIFB. The Bid Document shall be available for
purchase to concerned eligible bidders immediately after online release of
the bids and upto scheduled time and date as set in the key dates. The
payment for the cost of bid document shall be made online through
Debit/Credit card, Net banking or NEFT receipt through the payment
gateway provided on the portal.
Bids shall be submitted electronically on e-Procurement site

ITB 22.1
http://www.mpeproc.gov.in not later than 15:00 hours on 04th September, 2018.
For hard copy submission purposesonly, the Employer’s address is:

The Procurement Officer,
MPUDC, 8, Arera Hills, Old Jail Road,
Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh, India.
The deadline for bid submission is:
Date: 04th September, 2018.
Time: 15.00 hrs
Bid submission and bid opening timelines will be defined as per the e-
Procurement server clock only.
The contents of clause 23.1 shall be replaced by,
ITB 23.1
The e-procurement system would not allow any late submission of Bids after due
date and time as per server system. After electronic online proposal submission,
the system will generate a unique Identification number which is time stamped.
This shall be treated as acknowledgement of the Bid submission.
Bidders submitting their Bids electronically may withdraw, substitute or modify
ITB 24.1
their bids by logging at the employer’s website (www.mpeproc.gov.in), no later
than the deadline for submission of bid, as indicated in ITB 22.1

Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall remain

ITB 24.3
encrypted.
Electronic bid opening procedure shall be as follows.
ITB 25.1
1. The Employer shall open the technical bids online in public in the presence of
Bidders or designated representative of the Bidders, who chose to attend on
the date, time and place as provided in ITB 22.1 Bid Data Sheet.
2. Bids shall be opened electronically subject to verification of documents
submitted in the hard copy as per provision of ITB 11.2. If the letter of
Technical Bid, Power of Attorney in original duly attested by Notary, Bid
Security as per ITB 19& duly notarized Affidavit as per format given in Section
4 are found in order, the technical bid shall be opened online.
3. The Bidders’ name and any other details will be announced by the Bid
opening authority in presence of the Bidders who may choose to attend the
opening of technical Bids.
4. The Technical Bids recorded and opened at the time of opening shall be
considered for evaluation.
5. The Price Bid will remain unopened in its encrypted form until the specified
time of its opening.
6. The hard copies of the documents submitted by the Bidder as per ITB 11.2
shall be initialled by representatives of the Employer.
The contents of ITB 25.10 shall be replaced as under,
ITB 25.10 The price Bid of only those Bidders whose technical bids are evaluated as
substantially responsive will be opened electronically. The Price Bid opening shall
take place on the date and time as informed to the technically responsive bidders.
The price Bid recorded and opened at the time of opening shall be considered for
evaluation.

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids

Add the following at the end of ITB 27.1
ITB 27.1
Communication during bid evaluation for the purpose of clarification will be done
electronically with the normal restrictions against modification of the substance
and price of the bid. There is a separate heading of Clarifications on the portal
and mode will be only through the e-procurement site. The Provision is available
in the software and can be enabled, if required. If enabled, the clarifications can
be obtained online and all logs of such online communications through the
application are stored in the system.
The qualifications of the Firms such as bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entity,
ITB 32.2 affiliates, sub-contractors will not be permitted.
The Employer does not intend for the contractor to execute any specific elements
ITB 33.1 of the works through nominated subcontractors.
The currency that shall be used for bid evaluation and comparison purposes to
ITB 35.1 convert all Bid Prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is:
Indian Rupees.
The source of selling exchange rate shall be: Reserve Bank of India.
The date for the selling exchange rate shall be: 28 days prior to the deadline for
submission of bids.
ITB 36.1 The domestic preference shall not apply.
ITB 41.1 Standstill provisions shall not apply.
F. Award of Contracts
The procedures for bidding – related complaints are referenced in the “Procurement
ITB 46.1 regulation for ADB Brochures (Appendix-7)”. The bidder should submit its
complaints following these procedures, in writing, to:
Attention: Shri S.C. Batham

Title Position: Procurement Officer, Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company
Limited, 8, Arera Hills, Old Jail Road,
Country: India
Tel: +91-755-276-3060, 61, 62;
Fax: +91- 755 – 276-3868;

Annexure to Bid Data Sheet - Key Dates

Works
S.No Department Bidder's Stage Start Expiry Envelopes
Stage
Date Time Date Time
Purchase of 15:00
1 23.05.2018 10.00 Hrs 04.09.2018
Tender-Online Hrs
Bid Submission- 15:00

2 23.05.2018 10.00 Hrs 04.09.2018
Online Hrs
Opening of
3 Technical Bid 04.09.2018 15:30 Hrs Envelope A
Envelope -A
Opening of
4 Technical Bid 04.09.2018 15:30 Hrs Envelope B
Envelope-B
Opening of
5 Price Bid Will be notified Envelope C
Envelope C

Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria 3-1
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

- Without Prequalification -
This Section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate bids and qualify Bidders. In
accordance with ITB 32 and ITB 36, no other methods, criteria and factors shall be used. The Bidder
shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms).
Table of Criteria
1. Evaluation .......................................................................................................................... 3-2

1.1 Adequacy of Technical Proposal ....................................................................................................3-2
1.2 Completion Time ..............................................................................................................................3-2
1.3 Technical Alternatives .....................................................................................................................3-2
1.4 Specialist Subcontractors ...............................................................................................................3-2
1.5 Quantifiable Nonconformities and Omissions ..............................................................................3-2
1.6 Domestic Preference ........................................................................................................................3-3
1.7 Multiple Contracts– Not Applicable ................................................................................................3-3
2. Qualification ...................................................................................................................... 3-4
2.1 Eligibility ..............................................................................................................................................3-4
2.1.1 Nationality ...........................................................................................................................................3-4
2.1.2 Conflict of Interest...............................................................................................................................3-4
2.1.3 ADB Eligibility .....................................................................................................................................3-4
2.1.4 Government-Owned Entity .................................................................................................................3-4
2.1.5 United Nations Eligibility ..................................................................................................................3-4
2.2 Historical Contract Nonperformance .............................................................................................3-5
2.2.1 History of Nonperforming Contracts ....................................................................................................3-5
2.2.2 Suspension Based on Bid-Securing Declaration ................................................................................3-5
2.2.3 Pending Litigation and Arbitration ......................................................................................................3-6
2.3 Financial Situation............................................................................................................................3-6
2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance........................................................................................................3-6
2.3.2 Average Annual Construction Turnover .............................................................................................3-7
2.3.3 Financial Resources ...........................................................................................................................3-8
2.4 Construction Experience .................................................................................................................3-9
2.4.1 Contracts of Similar Size and Nature .................................................................................................3-9
2.4.2 Design, Construction and Operation Experience in Key Activities ...................................................3-10
Bidding Document OCB Package No 7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

1. Evaluation
In addition to the criteria listed in ITB 36.2 (a) – (e), other relevant factors are as follows:
None
1.1 Adequacy of Technical Proposal

Evaluation of the Bidder's Technical Proposal will include an assessment of the
Bidder's technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract
consistent with its proposal regarding work methods, scheduling, and material
sourcing in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated in
Section 6 (Employer's Requirements).
Non-compliance with equipment and personnel requirements described in Section 6

(Employer’s Requirements) shall not normally be a ground for bid rejection and such
non-compliance will be subject to clarification during bid evaluation and rectification
prior to contract award.
1.2 Completion Time

An alternative Completion Time, if permitted under ITB 13.2, will be evaluated as
follows: Not applicable
1.3 Technical Alternatives

Technical alternatives , if permitted under ITB 13.4, will be evaluated as follows: Not
applicable
1.4 Specialist Subcontractors

Only the specific experience of specialist subcontractors for key activities specified in
the criterion 2.4.2. Construction experience in key activities will be considered. The
experience of specialist sub-contractor in contracts of similar size and nature, and
their financial resources shall not be added to those of the bidder for purposes of
qualification of the bidder.
1.5 Quantifiable Nonconformities and Omissions
Subject to ITB 14.2 and ITB 37.2, the evaluated cost of quantifiable nonconformities
including omissions, is determined as follows:
“Pursuant to ITB 31.3, the cost of all quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities shall be evaluated,
including omissions in Daywork where competitively priced but excluding omission of prices in
the Bill of Quantities. The Employer will make its own assessment of the cost of any nonmaterial
nonconformities and omissions for the purpose of ensuring fair comparison of Bids.”
If any item is not quoted by the bidder, to this effect, the Bid Price will be adjusted, for
comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or
component. For this purpose, the highest price quoted amongst the substantially responsive
bidders of that particular missing or non-conforming item would be added to the Bid Price to
arrive at the Evaluated Bid Price of the respective bidder. (In case all the bidders have not

quoted the particular item, then the Engineer’s Estimate for the particular item would be taken for
this purpose) However, it should be noted that this adjustment would be for comparison only and
the ‘Award Price’ to the successful bidder would be based on the Lowest Evaluated Bid Price
without the price adjusted for the purpose on non-conformities / errors / omissions. No separate
payment would be made to the missing or non-confirming item and it is deemed that contractor
would execute the missing / non-confirming item at the ‘Award Price’ (calculated without
adjustments of missing or non-confirming item or component) as mentioned above.
1.6 Domestic Preference

If a margin of preference is provided for under ITB 35.1, the following procedure shall
apply: Not Applicable
1.7 Multiple Contracts– Not Applicable

2. Qualification
It is the legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder, and not the Bidder’s parent companies,
subsidiaries, or affiliates, that must satisfy the qualification criteria described below.
2.1 Eligibility
Criteria Compliance Requirements Documents

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Requirement All Partners Each One
Entity Requirements
Combined Partner Partner
2.1.1 Nationality
Nationality in accordance with must meet must meet must meet not Forms
requirement requirement requirement applicable
ITB Sub-clause 4.2. ELI - 1; ELI - 2
with attachments
2.1.2 Conflict of Interest

No conflicts of interest in must meet must meet must meet not Letter of Technical
requirement requirement requirement applicable Bid
accordance with ITB Sub-clause
4.3.
2.1.3 ADB Eligibility

Not having been declared must meet must meet must meet not Letter of Technical
ineligible by ADB, as described
in ITB Sub-clause 4.4.
2.1.4 Government-Owned Entity

Bidder required to meet must meet must meet must meet not Forms
requirement requirement requirement applicable
conditions of ITB Sub-clause ELI - 1; ELI - 2
4.5.
with attachments
2.1.5 United Nations Eligibility

Not having been excluded by an must meet must meet must meet not Letter of Technical
act of compliance with a UN
Security Council resolution in
accordance with ITB Sub-clause
4.7.

2.2 Historical Contract Nonperformance
2.2.1 History of Nonperforming Contracts

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
Nonperformance of a Must meet Must meet Must meet N/A Form CON-1
contractadid not occur as a requirement requirement requirement b
result of contractor default since
1st January2012
a
Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (i) nonperformance was not challenged by the
contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract; and (ii) contracts that were
so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where the Employer’s decision
was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or
litigation, i.e. dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective
contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
b
This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.
2.2.2 Suspension Based on Bid-Securing Declaration

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
Not under suspension based on Must meet Must meet Must meet Not Letter of Technical
execution of a Bid-Securing
Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.6.

2.2.3 Pending Litigation and Arbitration
Pending litigation and arbitration criterion shall apply.1
2.2.3.1 Pending Litigation and Arbitration

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
All pending litigation and must meet not must meet not Form LIT - 1
requirement applicable requirement applicable
arbitration, if any, shall be by itself or by itself or
treated as resolved against the as partner to as partner to
Bidder and so shall in total not past or past or
represent more than fifty [50%] existing Joint existing Joint
Venture Venture
percent of the Bidder’s net worth
calculated as the difference
between total assets and total
liabilities.
2.3 Financial Situation
2.3.1 Historical Financial Performance

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
Submission of audited financial must meet not must meet not Form FIN – 1
requirement applicable requirement applicable
statements or, if not required by with attachments
the law of the Bidder’s country,
other financial statements
acceptable to the Employer, for
the last three [3] years to
demonstrate the current
soundness of the Bidder’s
financial position. As a
minimum, the Bidder’s net worth
for the last year calculated as
the difference between total
assets and total liabilities should
be positive.

2.3.2 Average Annual Construction Turnover

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
Minimum average annual must meet must meet must meet must meet Form FIN – 2
requirement requirement
construction turnover of INR twenty-five forty with attachments
[412] four hundred twelve Million percent percent[40%]
calculated as total certified [25%]
of the
payments received for contracts of the requirement
in progress or completed, within requirement
the last three [3]years.
When evaluating the adequacy of the Bidder’s construction turnover, the Employer will adjust the annual
Indian Rupee equivalent values in form FIN2 to account for inflation prior to 2018 by applying the inflation
adjustment factors provided in the table below.
Factors for assessing the 2018 equivalent value
2015 2016 2017 2018
1.15 1.10 1.04 1

2.3.3 Financial Resources
If the bid evaluation process and the decision for the award of the Contract takes more than one (1)
year from the date of bid submission, Bidders shall be asked to resubmit their current contract
commitments and latest information on financial resources supported by latest audited accounts /
audited financial statements, or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s country, other financial
statements acceptable to the Employer, and the Bidders’ financial capacity shall be reassessed on this
basis.

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
The Bidder must demonstrate that
it has the financial resources to
meet:
(a) its current contract must meet not applicable must meet not applicable Form FIN - 4
requirement requirement
commitments, as defined in for its own
FIN-4 (Total Financial contractual
Requirements for Current commitments
Contract Commitments), plus
(b) the requirements for the must meet must meet must meet must meet Form FIN – 3 and
requirement requirement Form FIN - 4
Subject Contract of INR [69] twenty- five forty percent
Sixty nine Million. percent.[25%] [40%]

2.4 Construction Experience
2.4.1 Contracts of Similar Size and Nature

Joint Venture
Single Submission
Entity Requirements
Participation in at least one must meet not not must meet Form EXP - 1
requirement applicable applicable requirement
contract that has been
successfully or substantially
completed within the last Seven
[7]years and that is similar to the
proposed works, where the value
of the Bidder’s participation
exceeds INR [330] Three Hundred
thirty Million. The similarity of the
Bidder’s participation shall be
based on the physical size, nature
of works, complexity, methods,
technology or other characteristics
as described in Section 6,
Employer’s Requirements.
The experience of the contractor
with respect to the following items
shall be treated as similarity of
bidder’s participation:
a) Construction of Water
Treatment Plant, and
b) Either construction of Overhead
Tank/Ground level Service
Reservoir or Providing, laying and
jointing of water pipelines of any
material and type, such as rising
mains, feeder mains or distribution
pipelines.
When evaluating the adequacy of the Bidder’s previous contract experience, the Employer will adjust the
Indian Rupee contract amounts in forms EXP1 and EXP2 to account for inflation prior to 2018 by applying
the inflation adjustment factors provided in the table below.
Factors for assessing the 2018 equivalent value
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Year of Contract
Award 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Factor 1.42 1.35 1.28 1.22 1.15 1.10 1.04 1

2.4.2 Design, Construction and Operation Experience in Key Activities

(May be complied with by the Bidder or by Specialist Subcontractor. If Specialist Subcontractors are
proposed by the Bidder for key activities, each Specialist Subcontractor must have experience in
related key activity as a single entity.
If the key activity is to be undertaken by a Specialist Subcontractor, the Employer shall require
evidence of the subcontracting agreement from the Bidder.)
Single Joint Venture Submission

Entity Combined Partner Partner
Requirements
For the above or other contracts must meet must meet not not Form EXP - 2
requirement requirement applicable applicable
executed during the period stipulated
in 2.4.1 above, a minimum
construction experience in the
following key activities:
must meet
Planning and design of at least one requirement
water supply system comprising
water pipelines for rising mains or
feeder mains or distribution network
for at least [4800] (Four Thousand
Eight Hundred) house service
connections or for a population of
(28800) over the last 7 years.
Must meet
Construction of Water Treatment requirement
Plant with a minimum capacity of
[2.20] Two point two zero Million
litres per day over the last [seven]
years
Must meet the
Providing, laying, jointing, testing and requirement
commissioning of water pipelines of
length [60] Sixty kilometres in a
period of two years over the last
seven years
must meet
Operating, maintaining and requirement
managing a water supply distribution
scheme with at least [2400] Two
thousands four hundred house
service connections or for a
population of 14400 for a minimum
period of one year over the last
seven years

Section 4 - Bidding Forms 4-1
Section 4: Bidding Forms

- Without Prequalification -
Table of Forms
Letter of Technical Bid ..................................................................................................................................4-2
Letter of Price Bid..........................................................................................................................................4-5
Bid Security ....................................................................................................................................................4-7
Affiliate Company Guarantee .......................................................................................................................4-8
Technical Proposal........................................................................................................................................4-9
Personnel.......................................................................................................................................................4-10
Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel .............................................................................................................4-10
Form PER – 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel .........................................................................................4-11
Equipment ....................................................................................................................................................4-12
Site Organization .........................................................................................................................................4-13
Method Statement .......................................................................................................................................4-13
Mobilization Schedule .................................................................................................................................4-13
Construction Schedule ...............................................................................................................................4-13
Technical Schedules for equipment ..........................................................................................................4-13
Bidders Qualification ..................................................................................................................................4-14
Form ELI - 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet ......................................................................................................4-15
Form ELI - 2: Joint Venture Information Sheet ..............................................................................................4-16
Form CON - 1: Historical Contract Nonperformance ....................................................................................4-17
Form FIN - 1: Historical Financial Performance ............................................................................................4-18
Form FIN - 2: Average Annual Construction Turnover..................................................................................4-20
Form FIN – 3: Availability of Financial Resources.........................................................................................4-21
Form FIN- 4: Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments ...................................................4-22
Form FIN - 5: Self-Assessment Tool for Bidder’s Compliance to Financial Resources...................................4-23
Form EXP – 1: Contracts of Similar Size and Nature ....................................................................................4-24
Form EXP - 2: Construction Experience in Key Activities ..............................................................................4-25
Schedule of Payment Currencies ...............................................................................................................4-26
Tables of Adjustment Data ..........................................................................................................................4-27
Table A.1–Payment for Design-Build Works ..................................................................................................4-28
Table A.2 – Payment for Operation Service ...................................................................................................4-30
Table A.3 – Payment for Asset Replacement: ................................................................................................4-30
Bill of Quantities ..........................................................................................................................................4-31

Letter of Technical Bid

-Note-
The bidder must accomplish the Letter of Technical Bid on its letterhead clearly showing the bidder’s complete name
and address.
Date: ..................................................
OCB No.: ..................................................
Invitation for Bid No.: ..................................................
To:
The Engineer in Chief
MPUDC
8, Arera Hills, Old Jail Road,
Bhopal -462011 (India)
We, the undersigned, declare that:
(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including Addenda
issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 8.
(b) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Documents the following Works:
Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance and Management of Improvement to water
supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna
District in Madhya Pradesh.
(c) Our Bid consisting of the Technical Bid and the Price Bid shall be valid for a period of [120]
One Hundred and Twenty days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in
accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be
accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.
(d) Our firm, including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the Contract, has
nationalities from eligible countries in accordance with ITB 4.2.
(e) We, including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the contract, do not have any
conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4.3.
(f) We are not participating, as a Bidder, either individually or as partner in a Joint Venture, in more
than one Bid in this bidding process in accordance with ITB 4.3(e), other than alternative offers
submitted in accordance with ITB 13.

(g) Our firm, Joint Venture partners, associates, parent company, its affiliates or subsidiaries,
including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the contract, are not subject to, or not
controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment
imposed by the Asian Development Bank or a debarment imposed by the Asian Development
Bank in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions
between the Asian Development Bank and other development banks.1
(h) Our firm, Joint Venture partners, associates, parent company, affiliates or subsidiaries,
including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the Contract, are not, or have never
been, temporarily suspended, debarred, declared ineligible, or blacklisted by the Employer’s
country, any international organization, and other donor agency.
If so debarred, declared ineligible, temporarily suspended, or blacklisted, please state details

(as applicable to each Joint Venture partner, associate, parent company, affiliate, subsidiaries,
Subcontractors, and/or Suppliers):
(i) Name of Institution: __________________
(ii) Period of debarment, ineligibility, or blacklisting [start and end date]: ____________
(iii) Reason for the debarment, ineligibility, or blacklisting: ________________________
(i) Our firms, Joint Venture partners, associates, parent company’s affiliates or subsidiaries,
including any Subcontractors or Suppliers key officers and directors have not been [charged or
convicted] of any criminal offense (including felonies and misdemeanors) or
infractions/violations of ordinance which carry the penalty of imprisonment.
If so charged or convicted, please state details:

(i) Nature of the offense/violation: __________________
(ii) Court/Area of jurisdiction: __________________
(iii) Resolution [i.e. dismissed; settled; convicted/duration of penalty]: __________________
(iv) Other relevant details [please specify details]:
(j) We understand that it is our obligation to notify ADB should our firm, Joint Venture partners,
associates, parent company, affiliates or subsidiaries, including any Subcontractors or
Suppliers, be temporarily suspended, debarred or become ineligible to work with ADB or any
other MDBs, the Employer’s country, international organizations, and other donor agencies, or
any of our key officers and directors be charged or convicted of any criminal offense or
infractions/violations of ordinance which carry the penalty of imprisonment.
(k) Our firm, Joint Venture partners, associates, parent company, affiliates or subsidiaries,
including any Subcontractors or Suppliers, are not from a country which is prohibited to export
goods to or receive any payments from the Employer’s country by an act of compliance with a
1
These institutions include African Development Bank, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), Inter-American
Development Bank (IADB), and the World Bank Group. According to paragraph 9 of the Agreement, other international financial institutions
may join upon the consent of all Participating Institutions and signature of a Letter of Adherence by the international financial institution
substantially in the form provided (Annex B to the Agreement). Upon adherence, such international financial institution shall become a
Participating Institution for purposes of the Agreement. Bidders are advised to check www.adb.org/integrity for updates.

decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the
United Nations.
(l) [We are not a government-owned enterprise] / [We are a government-owned enterprise but
meet the requirements of ITB 4.5].1
(m) We have not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the Employer based on execution of a
Bid-Securing Declaration in accordance with ITB 4.6.
(n) We agree to permit ADB or its representative to inspect our accounts and records and other
documents relating to the bid submission and to have them audited by auditors appointed by
ADB.
(o) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to mobilizing key equipment and personnel in accordance
with the requirements set forth in Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements) and our technical
proposal, or as otherwise agreed with the Employer.
(p) We understand that any misrepresentation that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to
mislead may lead to the automatic rejection of the Bid or cancellation of the contract, if
awarded; and may result in remedial actions, in accordance with ADB’s Anticorruption Policy
(1998, as amended to date) and Integrity Principles and Guidelines (2015, as amended from
time to time).
Name .................................................................................................................................................
In the capacity of ...............................................................................................................................
Signed ...............................................................................................................................................
Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of .........................................................................
Date …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1
Use one of the two options as appropriate.

Letter of Price Bid

[To be submitted separately as part of Price Bid only]
Name of Bidder
Date:
OCB No.:
Invitation for Bid No.:
To:
The Engineer-in-Chief
MPUDC- 8, Arera Hills, Old Jail Road,
Bhopal
We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including Addenda issued in
accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 8.
(b) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Documents and the Technical Bid submitted for the
following Works.
Improvement to water supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads
in Satna District in Madhya Pradesh.
The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is:
Indian Rupees Indian Rupees
[fill in numbers] [fill in words]
(d) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application is:
(e) Our Bid shall be valid for a period of 120 days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in
accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at
any time before the expiration of that period.
(f) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance security in accordance with the Bidding
Documents.
(g) We have paid, or will pay the following commissioning, gratuities, or fees with respect to the bidding
process or execution of the Contract1
Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount
(h) We understand that this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your
notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is
prepared and executed.
1
If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “None”

(i) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid that
you may receive.
(j) We agree to permit ADB or its representative to inspect our accounts and records and other
documents relating to the bid submission and to have them audited by auditors appointed by
ADB.
Name
In the capacity of
Signed
Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of

Bid Security
Bank Guarantee
.............................................................. Bank’s name, and address of issuing branch or office1 ..............................................................
Beneficiary: Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited, Palika Bhawan, Shivaji
Nagar, Bhopal (M. P.)
Date: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bid Security No.: ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . . name of the bidder. . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has
submitted to you its bid dated . . . . . . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of . . . . . . . .
name of contract . . . . . . . under Invitation for Bids No. . . . . . . . . . (“the IFB”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, bids must be supported by a bid
guarantee.
At the request of the Bidder, we . . . . . name of bank. . . . . hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you
any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of . . . . . . . . . .amount in figures . . . . . . . . . (. . . . . .
.amount in words . . . . . . . )upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written
statement stating that the Bidder is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions, because the
Bidder:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder in the Letter of
Bid; or
(b) does not accept the correction of errors in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders
(hereinafter “the ITB”); or
(c) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Employer during the period of bid
validity, (i) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) fails or refuses to furnish
the performance security, in accordance with the ITB, or (iii) fails or refuses to furnish a
domestic preference security, if required.
This guarantee will expire (a) if the Bidder is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the
Contract Agreement signed by the Bidder and the Performance Security issued to you upon the
instruction of the Bidder; or (b) if the Bidder is not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our
receipt of a copy of your notification to the Bidder of the name of the successful Bidder, or (ii) 28 days
after the expiration of the Bidder’s bid.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office on
or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.2
. . . . . . . . . . . .Bank’s seal and authorized signature(s) . . . . . . . . . .
-- Note –
1
All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final document.
2
Or 758 as applicable.

AFFILIATE COMPANY GUARANTEE

Name of Contract/Contract No.: __________________________________________________________
Name and Address of Employer: _________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
(together with successors and assigns).
We have been informed that [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called the “Contractor”) is submitting an offer for
the above-referenced Contract in response to your invitation, and that the conditions of your invitation require
its offer to be supported by an affiliate company guarantee.
In consideration of you, the Employer, awarding the Contract to the Contractor, we [name of affiliated company]
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee to you, as a primary obligation, that (i) throughout the duration of
the Contract, we will make available to the Contractor our financial, technical capacity, expertise and
resources required for the Contractor’s satisfactory performance of the Contract; and (ii) we are fully
committed, along with the Contractor, to ensuring a satisfactory performance of the Contract.
If the Contractor fails to so perform its obligations and liabilities and comply with the Contract, we will
indemnify the Employer against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and
expenses) which arise from any such failure for which the Contractor is liable to the Employer under the
Contract.
This guarantee shall come into full force and effect when the Contract comes into full force and effect. If the
Contract does not come into full force and effect within a year of the date of this guarantee, or if you
demonstrate that you do not intend to enter into the Contract with the Contractor, this guarantee shall be void
and ineffective. This guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until all the Contractor’s obligations and
liabilities under the Contract have been discharged, when this guarantee shall expire and shall be returned to
us, and our liability hereunder shall be discharged absolutely.
This guarantee shall apply and be supplemental to the Contract as amended or varied by the Employer and
the Contractor from time to time. We hereby authorize them to agree on any such amendment or variation,
the due performance of which and compliance with which by the Contractor are likewise guaranteed
hereunder. Our obligations and liabilities under this guarantee shall not be discharged by any allowance of
time or other indulgence whatsoever by the Employer to the Contractor, or by any variation or suspension of
the works to be executed under the Contract, or by any amendments to the Contract or to the constitution of
the Contractor or the Employer, or by any other matters, whether with or without our knowledge or consent.
This guarantee shall be governed by the law of the same country (or other jurisdiction) that governs the
Contract and any dispute under this guarantee shall be finally settled under the [Rules or Arbitration provided
in the Contract]. We confirm that the benefit of this guarantee may be assigned subject only to the
provisions for assignment of the Contract.
Signed by:…………………………………………… Signed by: ……………………………………………

[signature] [signature]
…………………………………………… ……………………………………………
[name] [name]
…………………………………………… ……………………………………………
[position in parent/subsidiary company] [position in parent/subsidiary company]
Date:……………………………………………
-- Note --If permitted in accordance with ITB 38.2 of the BDS, the Bidder shall fill out the Affiliate Company Guarantee Form
for each subsidiary, parent entity, affiliate, subcontractor, etc. that the Bidder submits for consideration of the Employer in
determining its qualifications.

Technical Proposal
Personnel
Equipment
Site Organization
Method Statement
Mobilization Schedule
Construction Schedule
Operation and Maintenance Plan including:

(i) Plan for abstraction and water treatment works
(ii) Plan for network operations and maintenance
(iii) Plan for commercial services
(iv) Plan for asset replacement
(v) Others

Personnel
Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel
Bidder should provide the details of the proposed personnel and their experience record in the relevant
Information Forms below for each candidate:
1. Title of position*
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
etc. Title of position*
Name
-- Note --
* As listed in Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements).

Form PER – 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel
The Bidder shall provide all the information requested below. Use one form for each position.
Position
Personnel Name Date of birth

information
Professional qualifications
Present Name of employer

employment
Address of employer
Telephone Contact (manager / personnel officer)
Fax E-mail
Job title Years with present employer
Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and
managerial experience relevant to the project.
From To Company/Project/Position/Relevant Technical and Management

Experience

Equipment
Form EQU: Equipment
The Bidder shall provide adequate information and details to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability
to meet the equipment requirements indicated in Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements), using the Forms
below. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment
proposed by the Bidder.
Item of Equipment
Equipment Name of manufacturer Model and power rating

Information
Capacity Year of manufacture
Current Current location

Status
Details of current commitments
Source Indicate source of the equipment
 Owned  Rented  Leased  Specially manufactured
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.

Owner Name of owner
Address of owner
Telephone Contact name and title
Fax Telex
Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

Site Organization
1.1 The Bidder will submit along with his bid a site organization chart depicting roles and structure of the site
organization. The proposed site organization will also describe the roles, relationships and division of
responsibilities between the site management and the representative head/branch office that will be
responsible for the Project.
Method Statement
1.2 The Bidder will submit along with the bid a comprehensive statement of the methods that he proposes
to adopt for completing the works under the contract package. It will include descriptions regarding
operations on site proposed work systems and safety and protection method to be applied throughout
the execution of works.
Mobilization Schedule
1.3 The Bidder will submit along with the bid the proposed mobilization schedule for Machinery, equipment
and human power etc; in the form of a bar chart. The bar chart will clearly depict the proposed date of
mobilization, duration of services, and date of demobilization.
Construction Schedule
1.4 The Bidder will submit proposed Construction Schedule in detail so as to demonstrate: the order in
which he proposes to carry out the Works. It will include all stages such as design, procurement,
manufacture, pre-delivery inspection and testing, delivery to Site, construction, erection, testing and
commissioning.
The Bidder to ensure that the proposed schedule covers all major events and activities for the design
reviews any other submissions, approvals and consents and also the sequence of all tests specified in
the Employer's Requirements.
Technical Schedules for equipment

1.5 Horizontal Centrifugal, Vertical Centrifugal, Vertical Turbine and Submersible pumps
1.6 Air Blowers
1.7 Chemical Dosing & Metering Pumps
1.8 Alum/Lime Preparation Agitator
1.9 Electric Induction Motor
1.10 Electrical Transformers
1.11 Electro-Magnetic Flow Meters
1.12 Multi-Jet Customer Consumption Meters
1.13 Pressure Data Loggers
1.14 SCADA System

Bidders Qualification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section 3 (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding
Information Sheets included hereunder.

Form ELI - 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet
Bidder’s Information
Bidder’s legal name
In case of Joint Venture,

legal name of each partner
Bidder’s country of
constitution
Bidder’s year of
constitution
Bidder’s legal address in

country of constitution
Bidder’s authorized
representative
(name, address, telephone
numbers, fax numbers, e-mail
address)
Attached are copies of the following documents.
 1. In case of single entity, articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB
4.1 and ITB 4.2.
 2. Authorization to represent the firm or Joint Venture named above, in accordance with ITB 20.2.
 3. In case of Joint Venture, letter of intent to form Joint Venture or Joint Venture agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1.
 4. In case of a government-owned enterprise, any additional documents not covered under 1 above required to comply with
ITB 4.5.

Form ELI - 2: Joint Venture Information Sheet
Each member of the Joint Venture and Specialist Subcontractor must fill out this form separately.
Joint Venture / Specialist Subcontractor Information
Bidder’s legal name
Joint Venture Partner’s or

Specialist Subcontractor’s
legal name

country of constitution

year of constitution

legal address in country of
constitution

authorized representative
information
(name, address, telephone

numbers, fax numbers, e-mail
address)
Attached are copies of the following documents.
 1. Articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.1 and ITB 4.2.
 2. Authorization to represent the firm named above, in accordance with ITB 20.2.
 3. In the case of government-owned enterprise, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with
commercial law, in accordance with ITB 4.5.
Specialist Subcontractor is a specialist enterprise engaged for highly specialized processes that cannot be
provided by the main Contractor.

Form CON - 1: Historical Contract Nonperformance
Each Bidder must fill out this form in accordance with Criteria 2.2.1 and 2.2.3 of Section 3 (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria) to describe any history of nonperforming contracts and pending litigation or
arbitration formally commenced against it.
In case of a Joint Venture, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the
Joint Venture Partner’s name:
Joint Venture Partner: ___________________

Table 1: History of Nonperforming Contracts
Choose one of the following:
 No nonperforming contracts.
 Below is a description of nonperforming contracts involving the Bidder (or each Joint Venture member if Bidder is a Joint
Venture).
Amount of
Non
performed Total
Year Description
Portion of Contract
Contract ($ Amount ($
equivalent) equivalent)
[insert Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any [insert amount] [insert
year] other identification] amount]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)]
Table 2: Pending Litigationand Arbitration

Choose one of the following:
 No pending litigation and Arbitration.
 Below is a description of all pending litigation and Arbitration involving the Bidder (or each Joint Venture member if Bidder
is a Joint Venture).
Value of
Value of Pending
Year Matter in Dispute Pending Claim Claim as a
in $ Equivalent Percentage
of Net Worth
[insert Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any [insert amount] [insert
year] other identification] amount]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Matter of Dispute: [indicate full description of dispute]
Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”]
Status: [indicate status of dispute]
- Note -

Table 2 of this form shall only be included if Criterion 2.2.3 of Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) is applicable.
Form FIN - 1: Historical Financial Performance
Each Bidder must fill out this form.
In case of joint ventures, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately, and provide the Joint
Venture Partner name below:
Financial Data for Previous Three Years [INR Equivalent]
Year 1:2015-2016 Year 2:2016-2017 Year 3 :2017-2018
Information from Balance Sheet
Total Assets (TA)
Total Liabilities (TL)
Net Worth = TA – TL
Current Assets (CA)
Current Liabilities (CL)

Working Capital =
CA - CL
To be obtained for most recent year and carried forward to FIN-

Most Recent
3 Line 1; in case of Joint Ventures, to the corresponding Joint
Working Capital Venture Partner’s FIN-3
Information from Income Statement
Total Revenues
Profits Before Taxes
Profits After Taxes
(*)The financial performance data /statements as above must be certified by Registered Chartered Accountant

 Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets including all related notes and income statements) for the last
_____ years, as indicated above, complying with the following conditions:
 Unless otherwise required by Section 3 of the Bidding Document, all such documents reflect the financial situation of the
legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder and not the Bidder’s parent companies, subsidiaries, or affiliates.
 Historical financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant.
 Historical financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.
 Historical financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for
partial periods shall be requested or accepted).

Form FIN - 2: Average Annual Construction Turnover
The information supplied should be the Annual Turnover of the Bidder or each
member of a Joint Venture in terms of the amounts billed to clients for each year
for work in progress or completed, converted to INR at the specified exchange
rate.
In case of joint ventures, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately, and provide the Joint
Annual Turnover Data for the Last Three Years (Construction only)
Amount Exchange INR
Year
Currency Rate Equivalent
2015-2016
2016-2017
2017-2018
Average Annual Construction Turnover
(*)The financial performance data /statements as above must be certified by Registered Chartered Accountant

Form FIN – 3: Availability of Financial Resources
Bidders must demonstrate sufficient financial resources, usually comprising of Working Capital supplemented
by credit line statements or overdraft facilities and others to meet the Bidder’s financial requirements for
(a) its current contract commitments, and
(b) the subject contract.
In case of joint ventures, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the Joint
Financial Resources
No. Source of financing Amount (INR equivalent)
1 Working Capital (to be taken from FIN-1)
2 Credit Linea
3 Other Financial Resources
Total Available Financial Resources
a
To be substantiated by a letter from the bank issuing the line of credit.

Form FIN- 4: Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments
Bidders (or each Joint Venture partner) should provide information on their current commitments on all
contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for
contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be
issued.
In case of joint ventures, each Joint Venture Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the Joint
Current Contract Commitments

Employer’s Outstanding
Contract Remaining Monthly Financial Resources
Name of the Contact Contract
Completion Contract Period Requirement
Contract (Address, Tel, Value
Date in months (Y) (X / Y)
Fax) (X)
Total Monthly Financial Requirement for Current Contract Commitments INR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Form FIN - 5: Self-Assessment Tool for Bidder’s Compliance to Financial Resources
(Criterion 2.3.3 of Section 3)
This form requires the same information submitted in Forms FIN - 3 and FIN - 4. All conditions of
“Available Financial Resources Net of CCC ≥ Requirement for the Subject Contract” must be
satisfied to qualify.
Form FIN - 5A: For Single Entities

Results:
Total Available Total Monthly Financial Yes or No
Financial Requirement for Current Available Financial Requirement [D must be
For Single Resources from Contract Commitments Resources Net for the Subject greater than or
Entities: FIN – 3 (CCC) from FIN – 4 of CCC Contract equal to E]
(A) (B) (C) D = (B - C) (E) (F)
_________ ...........
(Name of Bidder)
Form FIN - 5B: For Joint Ventures

Total Available Total Monthly Financial Available Results:
Financial Requirement for Current Financial Requirement Yes or No
For Joint Resources Contract Commitments Resources Net for the Subject [D must be greater
Ventures: from FIN – 3 (CCC) from FIN – 4 of CCC Contract than or equal to E]
(A) (B) (C) D = (B - C) (E) (F)
One Partner:
____________ ...........
(Name of Partner)
Each Partner:
_____________ ...........
(Name of Partner 1)
_____________ ...........
(Name of Partner 2)
_____________ ...........
(Name of Partner 3)
All partners ∑ D = Sum of available financial resources net of ∑ D = _______ ...........

combined current contract commitments for all partners
- Note -
Form FIN – 5 is made available for use by the bidder as a self-assessment tool, and by the employer as an evaluation work sheet, to
determine compliance with the financial resources requirement as stated in 2.3.3. Failure to submit Form FIN - 5 by the Bidder shall
not lead to bid rejection.

Form EXP – 1: Contracts of Similar Size and Nature

Fill out one (1) form per contract.
The exchange rate to be used to calculate the value of the contract for conversion to a specific currency
shall be the selling rate of the borrower’s national bank on the date of the contract.
Contract of Similar Size and Nature
Contract No . . . . . . of . . . . . Contract Identification
Award Date Completion Date
Total Contract Amount $
If partner in a Joint Venture

or Subcontractor, specify
Percent of Total Amount
participation of total
contract amount
Employer’s name
Address
Telephone number
Fax number
E-mail
Description of the Similarity in Accordance with Criterion 2.4.1 of Section 3 (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria)
Note:
1) Attach Employer’s Letter of Acceptance/ Work Order with Completion Certificate for contract successfully executed

Form EXP - 2: Construction Experience in Key Activities

Fill out one (1) form per contract.
If complied by Specialist Subcontractor, each Specialist Subcontractor must fill out this form and provide
the Specialist Subcontractor’s name:
Specialist Subcontractor: ___________________
Contract with Similar Key Activities
Contract No . . . . . . of . . . . . Contract Identification
Award Date Completion Date
Total Contract Amount $
If partner in a Joint Venture

or Subcontractor, specify
Percent of Total Amount
participation of total
contract amount
Employer’s name
Address
Telephone number
Fax number
E-mail
Description of the Key Activities in Accordance with Criterion 2.4.2 of Section 3 (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria)
Note:
1)Attach Employer’s Letter of Acceptance/ Work Order with Completion Certificate for contract successfully executed

Schedules
Schedule of Payment Currencies
For ...........................insert name of Section of the Works ................................
Separate tables may be required if the various sections of the Works (or of the Bill of Quantities) will
have substantially different foreign and local currency requirements. In such a case, the Employer
should prepare separate tables for each Section of the Works.
A B C D
Rate of Percentage of
Local Currency Net Bid Price (NBP)
Name of Payment Amount of Exchange
Equivalent
Currency Currency to Local 100xC
C=AxB
Currency NBP
Local Currency
1.00 100%
Foreign Currency #1
Foreign Currency #2
Foreign Currency #
Net Bid Price 100.00
Provisional Sums
Expressed in Local 1.00
Currency
BID PRICE
- Note -
The rates of exchange shall be the selling rates 28 days prior to the deadline for submission of bids published by the
source specified in BDS 15.

Tables of Adjustment Data
Price Adjustment for Design‐Build Works
Price Adjustment for payment for Design-Build works: All Contractor payments for Design-Build works
under this Contract shall be governed in accordance to the adjustments for change in costs as provided in
GCC Sub-Clause 13.8
The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwise payable to the Contractor, as valued in accordance
with the appropriate Schedule and certified in Payment Certificates, shall be determined from following
formula:
Pn= A + B (Ln/Lo) + C (Cn/Co) + D (Fn/Fo) + E(Pn/Po)
Where-
“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the assessed contract value of the work carried out in
period “n”, this period shall be in month;
“A” is a fixed coefficient stated in the table of adjustment data, representing a non-adjustable contractual
payment;
“B”, “C”, “D”, and “E’ are the fixed coefficients, stated in the table of adjustment data, representing the
estimated proportion of various components;
“Ln”, “Cn”, “Fn”, and “Pn” are the current cost indices or reference price for period “n” expressed in the
currency of payment, each of which is applicable to the tabulated cost element on 49 days prior to the last
day of the period (to which the particular Payment Certificate relates); and
“Lo”, “Co”, “Fo”, and “Po” are the base cost indices or reference price, expressed in the currency of
payment, each of which is applicable to the tabulated cost element on the Base Date.
a. The cost indices or reference prices stated in Table A.1, table of adjustment data, provided in Section
4, shall be used. If their source is in doubt, it shall be determined by the Employer’s Representative.
For this purpose, reference shall be made to the values of the indices at stated dates for the purposes
of clarification of the source; although these dates (and thus these values) may not correspond to the
base cost indices.
b. Until such time as each current cost index is available, the Employer’s Representative shall determine
a provisional index for the issue of Interim Payment Certificates. When a current cost index is
available, the adjustment shall be recalculated accordingly.
c. If the Contractor fails to complete the Design-Build works within the Time for Completion, adjustment
of prices thereafter shall be made using either (i) each index or price applicable on the date 49 days
prior to the expiry of the Time for Completion of the Design-Build works, or (ii) the current index or
price, whichever is more favorable to the Employer.
d. The weightings (coefficients) for each of the factors of cost stated in the table(s) of adjustment data
shall only be adjusted if they have been rendered unreasonable, unbalanced or inapplicable, as a
result of Variations
e. The weightings (coefficients) for each of the factors of cost stated in the table(s) of adjustment data
shall only be adjusted if they have been rendered unreasonable, unbalanced or inapplicable, as a
result of Variations

Table A.1–Payment for Design-Build Works

Bidder’s Bidder’s
Index Base Value
Index Description Source of Index Local Currency Proposed
Code and Date
Amount Weighting
A. Nonadjustable — — — A.: 0.15
B. Labor Component Reserve Bank Indices As per cost of B.: 0.25

(L): of India applicable on Works done
28 days prior
to deadline
Consumer Price for bid
Index for Industrial
submission
Workers for
Bhopal, Madhya
Pradesh
C. Cement (C): Reserve Bank Indices As per cost of C.: 0.20

of India applicable on Works
28 days prior
Wholesale price
to deadline
index for for bid
submission
Cement and Lime
D. Ferrous Metals (F): Reserve Bank Indices As per cost of D: 0.15

of India applicable on Works
28 days prior
Wholesale price to deadline
index for Iron & for bid
Steel (Sub-Group
submission
Basic Metals
Alloys & Metals
Products)
E. Plastic Products Reserve Bank Indices As per cost of E: 0.25

(P): of India applicable on Works
28 days prior
to deadline
Wholesale Price
for bid
Index for Plastic&
submission
Polyethylene
Products
Total 1.00

Price Adjustment for Payments during Operation Service

All Contractor payments for Operation Service including the Asset Replacement under this Contract shall be
governed in accordance to the adjustments for change in costs as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 13.8
The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwise payable to the Contractor, as valued in accordance
with the appropriate Schedule and certified in Payment Certificates, shall be determined from following
formula:
OMn= a + b (CPIn/CPIo)
Where-
“OMn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the assessed contract value of the eligible payment for
Operation Services or Asset Replacement carried out in period “n”, this period shall be in month;
“CPIn” is the current consumer price index for period “n” expressed in the currency of payment, each of
which is applicable to the tabulated cost element on 49 days prior to the last day of the period (to which the
particular Payment Certificate relates); and
“CPIo”is the base consumer price index, expressed in the currency of payment, each of which is applicable
to the tabulated cost element on the Base Date

Table A.2 – Payment for Operation Service
Index Base Value Local

Source of
Index Description Currency Weighting
Index
Code and Date Amount
__ Nonadjustable — — — a: 0.0
b Consumer Price Index Reserve Indices As per cost of b: 1.0

Bank of applicable on Works
India 28 days prior
to deadline
for bid
submission
Total 1.00
Table A.3 – Payment for Asset Replacement:
Index Base Value Local

Source of
Index Description Currency Weighting
Index
Code and Date Amount
__ Nonadjustable — — — a: 0.0
b Consumer Price Index Reserve Indices As per cost in b: 1.0

Bank of applicable on Asset
India 28 days prior Replacement
to deadline Schedule
for bid
submission
Total 1.00
Table B - Foreign Currency- Not applicable

Bill of Quantities

Preamble to Bill of Quantities
i. The contractor is wholly responsible for design of the system which is for improvement of water
supply. All works which are essential for to arrive at the goal are included in the contract. The Bill of
Quantities (BOQ) shall be read in conjunction with the Instructions to Bidders, General and Particular
Conditions of Contract, Technical Specifications, and Drawings.
ii. This preamble to the BOQ shall form part of the Contract. If there is inconsistency between the BOQ,
Technical Specifications and Drawings and in case of conflict among different sections/heads,
precedence shall be given in the following order of descending priority:
a. Bills of Quantities and Preamble to the Bills of Quantities;
b. Technical Specifications;
c. Drawings;
d. Relevant Indian or International Standards.
iii. The quantities given in the BOQ are estimated and provisional, and are given to provide a common
basis for bidding. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work ordered and carried out,
as measured by the Contractor and verified by the Employer’s Representative, and valued at the rates
and prices bid in the priced BOQ, where applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices as the
Employer’s Representative may fix within the terms of the Contract.
iv. A rate or price shall be entered against each item, whether quantities are stated or not. The cost of
items against which the Contractor has failed to enter a rate or price shall be deemed to be covered by
other items, rates and prices entered in the BOQ.
v. The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included in the Items provided
in the priced Bill of Quantities, and where no Items are provided, the cost shall be deemed to be
distributed among the Rates and Prices entered for the related Items of Work.
vi. Provisional Sums included and so designated in the Bill of Quantities shall be expended in whole or in
part at the direction and discretion of the Engineer in accordance with the Conditions of Contract.
vii. Arithmetic errors will be corrected by the Employer as follows:
a. if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the
unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected, unless in the
opinion of the Employer there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in
which case the total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected;
b. if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall
prevail and the total shall be corrected;
c. if there is a discrepancy between the bid price in the Summary of Bill of Quantities and the bid amount
in item (c) of the Letter of Bid, the bid price in the Summary of Bill of Quantities will prevail and the bid
amount in item (c) of the Letter of Bid will be corrected; and
d. if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the
amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall
prevail subject to (a), (b) and (c) above.
viii. Description of items in this BOQ is given in short, and for a full description the BOQ should be read
together with the Specifications and Drawings to make that work complete in all respects. Rates

quoted in the BOQ are deemed to have included all aspects covered in the Preamble and Technical
Specifications, and all features and details shown in the Drawings.
ix. The Bidder shall satisfy himself to the meaning of every item in the BOQ. The rates and prices
inserted in the BOQ by the bidder shall be deemed to cover all costs, all duties, royalties, levies and
taxes [except Goods and Services Tax (GST)], profits, risks, liabilities, insurance and obligations set
forth or implied in the bid, as well as proper operation, maintenance and management of the works
including, but not limited to the following:
a. All labour and Materials including consumables;
b. All temporary work of every description required including over ground pumping and other
requirements to avoid disruption to the service whilst maintenance or repair work is carried out;
c. The provision and use of all equipment, tools and Plant of every kind, whether mechanical or
non-mechanical, required for the expeditious carrying out of the Works in their proper sequence;
d. Provision for scaffolding, staging, guard rails, temporary stairs, temporary access during
execution, approach roads up to the Site for the movement of vehicles, and heavy excavation
machinery with supporting transport facility;
e. Provision for excavation, back-filling, bringing to the Site extra fill for back-fill, making good and
reinstating surfaces, disposing of surplus material, dealing with all ground water and wastewater
flows, and for work in close proximity to other utility apparatus including protecting that
apparatus;
f. Provision for work on pipe line corridors such as traffic control measures, safety barriers,
obtaining any approvals and permits from authorities, and signage and reinstatement of
surfaces;
g. Cooperation and coordination of the work with related authorities, other contractors and utilities,
including obtaining their permission before starting the related Works if required; and
h. Providing security arrangements to guard the Site and premises at all times and to maintain
strict control on the movement of Materials and labor until the completion of the work.
x. The O&M Fee quoted by the Bidder in the BOQ shall include the safe disposal of material like sludge,
debris, silt and all such waste material generated during operations and provision of services.
xi. The O&M Fee quoted by the Bidder shall include electricity charges at a base rate of Rs.5 per kwH.
xii. All electricity costs associated with operations shall be paid by the Nagar Parishad directly to the
electricity service provider.
Any penalties levied by the electricity service provider attributable to negligence or default of
Contractor shall be to Contractor’s account and shall be deducted from Contractor’s eligible payments
for Operation Services.
For the avoidance of doubt, any difference between actual electricity tariffs and the Contractor’s
electricity tariff specified above, whether positive or negative, will be to the account of the Nagar
Parishad.
xiii. Works itemized in the BOQ will be subject to measurement. Such measurement will be in the unit of
measurement shown the BOQ and payment shall be made on the measured quantities.
xiv. Any item of work which is specified and required for the proper operation, maintenance and
management of Works, and not included or itemized in the BOQ, shall not be measured nor paid for
separately but shall be deemed to have been allowed for by the Contractor as part of their Price Bid.

xv. All rules and regulations of the labor department, contract labor Laws, provident fund and employee
state insurance and connected Laws, and all other Laws of the land are to be complied with by the
Bidder within the quoted rates.
xvi. The bidder is expected to inspect the Site to investigate the following items before quoting their rates
in the tender:
a. Nature and type of soil proposed for excavation and safety of excavation;
b. Availability of power for execution;
c. Availability of water for execution;
d. Means of disposal of storm water/bailing out water from the Site;
e. Means of disposal of water due to de-watering at the Site;
f. Nature and type of protection required for neighboring property to ensure full safety during
construction activities in progress; and
g. Place for disposal of serviceable / unserviceable material obtained during construction activities
in progress.
xvii. No land will be provided by the Employer to the Contractor for constructing any structure for his
labor, workman and supervisory camps, un-authorized hutments, canteen or teashops at the Site or
within the premises. The Contractor shall make his/her own arrangements for the same outside the
premises/boundary. These, if any, shall be with the knowledge of and prior approval of the Employer’s
Representative.
xviii. The word “Ditto” mean the repetition of all or part of the preceding items as applicable to complete
the sense of the items.
xix. The Provisional Sum included and so designated in the BOQ shall be expended in whole or in part at
the direction and discretion of the Employer’s Representative in accordance with the Conditions of
Contract. It will be used by the Employer’s Representative for nominated sub-contractors, line
agencies, installation of dedicated power feeder by the electricity department, third party inspecting
agencies, charges levied by statutory electrical, telephone, or other authorities, or for other
miscellaneous works. The use of the Provisional Sum will also be for relocation of utilities above or
under the ground that conflict with the existing or permanent line or level of the Works, independent
sampling and laboratory testing, as directed by the Employer’s Representative, replacement or
compensation for plants and trees removed due to the Works, and permanent reinstatement of asphalt
roads, etc., as directed by the Employer’s Representative.
xx. Metric System and Abbreviations
Millilitre ml
Million Litres per Day mld
Million Litre ML
Litre ltr
Linear meter m
Gram gm
Square metre m2
Cubic metre m3
Number No.
Kilogram kg
Lump Sum LS
Indian Rupees Rs

Millimetre mm
Square Centimetre cm2
Square Millimetre mm2
xxi. The abbreviations used in the Specification and BOQ shall be read as follows:
IS Indian Standard
BHP Brake Horsepower
BS British Standard
Cm or CM or cm Centimeter
Cum or CUM Cubic Meter
MM or mm Millimeter /s
Rm or RM or RMT Running Meters
Sqm Square Meters
SqKm Square Kilometers
Qty. Quantity
Drg. Drawing
No. or Nos. Number or Numbers
PCC Plain Cement Concrete
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
Rs. Indian Rupees
[The Bill of Quantities is enclosed separately and the bidder shall submitthe
same separately as part of Price Bid and shall not be included in the
Technical Bid]

Section 5 - Eligible Countries 5-1
Section 5 - Eligible Countries
This Section contains the list of eligible countries.
1. Afghanistan 35. Micronesia, Federal States of

2. Armenia 36. Mongolia
3. Australia 37. Myanmar
4. Austria 38. Nauru
5. Azerbaijan 39. Nepal
6. Bangladesh 40. The Netherlands
7. Belgium 41. New Zealand
8. Bhutan 42. Norway
9. Brunei Darussalam 43. Pakistan
10. Cambodia 44. Palau
11. Canada 45. Papua New Guinea
12. China, People’s Republic of 46. Philippines
13. Cook Islands 47. Portugal
14. Denmark 48. Samoa
15. Fiji 49. Singapore
16. Finland 50. Solomon Islands
17. France 51. Spain
18 Georgia 52. Sri Lanka
19 Germany 53. Sweden
20. Hong Kong, China 54. Switzerland
21. India, Republic of 55. Tajikistan
22. Indonesia 56. Taipei,China
23. Italy 57. Thailand
24. Ireland 58. Timor-Leste
25. Japan 59. Tonga
26. Kazakhstan 60. Turkey
27. Kiribati 61. Turkmenistan
28. Korea, Republic of 62. Tuvalu
29. Kyrgyz Republic 63. United Kingdom
30. Lao PDR 64. United States
31. Luxembourg 65. Uzbekistan
32. Malaysia 66. Vanuatu
33. Maldives 67. Viet Nam
34. Marshall Islands
Bidding Document OCB Package No7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

Section 6 - Employer’s Requirements 6-1
Section 6 - Employer’s Requirements

1. PREAMBLE AND DEFINITIONS
1.1. Preamble
1.2. Definitions
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1. General Requirements
3. SERVICE AREA AND SITE MAP
3.1. ULB service areas
3.2. Design-Build Requirements
3.3. The Service Improvement Plan
3.4. Outline design
3.5. Detailed design
3.6. Construction
3.7. Commissioning
4. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
4.1. General obligations in the operation service period:
4.2. Standards of Operation Service:
4.3. Annual Operating Plan:
4.4. Emergency Response Plan
4.5. Maintenance requirements
4.6. Water quality surveillance program:
4.7. Standard Operating Procedures
4.7.3. Operating Instructions
4.8. Laboratory
4.9. Workshop
5. COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Contractor’s role:
5.2. Customer Metering:
5.3. Collection of Water Revenue and Deposit:
5.4. New Connections/Network Expansions during Operation Service Period:
5.5. Customer Relations:
6. TRAINING
6.1. Training of Nagar Parishad Staff
7. ASSET REPLACEMENT DURING OPERATION SERVICE PERIOD
7.1. Replacement Schedule for Equipment
8. HEALTH AND SAFETY
8.1. Safety and Security
8.3. Security
9. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
9.1. Periodical Reports
10. CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT
10.1. Contractor’s Personnel:
10.2. Contractor’s Equipment:
10.3. Replacement of Contractor’s Equipment
11. SERVICE LEVELS
11.1. Minimum service levels
12. SPECIFICATIONS
13. COMPLIANCE TO ADB SAFEGUARDS
13.1. Compliance to Environmental Safeguards
13.2. Compliance to Social Safeguards
14. HAND-BACK REQUIREMENTS
14.1. Hand Back at Termination:
14.2. Preparation for Handback on Expiry of Contract

14.3. Handover on Early Termination
15. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT FOR THE AUDIT BODY
15.1. Introduction
15.2. Scope of services of the Auditing Body
16. LIST OF SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

1. PREAMBLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1. Preamble
The overall objective of the water supply improvement project is to deliver a continuous,
pressurized supply of safe water to the entire population of Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and
Birsingpur Nagar Parishads
The scope of services includes detailed engineering design, setting out on site, construction of River
pounding structure, raw water intake arrangements, water treatment plant, pumping arrangements,
transmission and feeder networks, construction of overhead and ground level reservoirs, distribution
networks as required including installation of metered household connections, and operation,
maintenance and management (O&M) of the water supply system for ten years. The project is proposed
to be funded under Phase 1 of Madhya Pradesh Urban Services Improvement Project (MPUSIP).
1.2. Definitions
The words, terms and expressions beginning with capital letters and defined under this Section 6, Clause
1.2 shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings ascribed thereto/herein:
“Allowable Exclusions” means the mean the allowable exclusions specified in Cause 11, Service
Levels, that may be available to the Contractor in respect of its obligations to
meet the Service Levels;
“Boundary Limits” means the boundary within which the Contractor has the responsibility of
providing Services in accordance to the terms and conditions under this
Contract;
“Contractor Personnel” means those employees hired and deployed by the Contractor in provision of
Services but excluding the NP Personnel;
“CPHEEO” means the Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering
Organization under the Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India;
“Customers” means all entities (including individuals) within the Service Area to
which/whom the Nagar Parishad (or its agents) provides water services and
includes all those authorized customers in existence as at the
commencement of Commissioning Period and entities that become
customers after the Commissioning Period and until Contract Completion
Date;
“Customer Service means the special infrastructure planned and implemented by the Contractor
Centers” to provide commercial and public relations services to customers under this
Contract;
“Critical Measurement means the locations as agreed by the Employer in the Service Improvement
Points” Plan and also as added during the term of the Contract for undertaking
measurement of flow and pressure in the water supply system for facilitating
the monitoring of Minimum Service Levels stipulated in Section 6 Employer
Requirements;
“Customer Water means the water connection points from which Customers take delivery of
Connection Points” water;
“DPR, Detailed Project means the detailed project report ofwater supply improvement sub-project for
Report” Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads prepared and
approved by the Employer;
“Design Consultant” means the agency appointed by the Employer to provide design services for
preparation of DPR under a separate Contract;
“Design-Build Period means the milestones to be achieved during and at the end of the Design-
Milestones” Build Period as provided at Table 3.6.5 under sub-clause 3.6.5;
“Electricity Company” means the local service provider supplying electrical energy for Operation
Service of the Facilities;
“Environment shall mean the updated environmental management plan to be developed by
Management Plan” the Contractor as part of Service Improvement Plan and continuously

updated each year until the Contract Completion Date in accordance to the
provisions under Section 6 – Employer’s Requirements;
“Existing Assets” means those infrastructure components, plant, machinery, equipment and
any other units existing at the Site as on the Commencement Date;
“Facilities” means infrastructure and non-infrastructure assets forming part of the water
supply, transmission, treatment, storage, and distribution system that provide
the water supply services to the Service Areas are upgraded and
rehabilitated from time to time;
“Fixed O&M Fee” means the monthly fixed fee paid to Contractor prescribed by the Employer in
Bill of Quantities;
“Government means all those agencies comprising of local, state and central government
Agencies” authorities directly or indirectly connected to provision of water services to
customers in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and Birsingpur Nagar Parishads
“Hand Bank means the requirements for handing back the facilities by the Contractor to
Requirements” the Nagar Parishad more so described in Clause 14;
“Indigenous People means the plan prepared by MPUDC in compliance to ADB safeguard
Protection Plan” protection system (SPS) 2009 and disclosed by ADB for safeguarding the
indigenous people if any affected by the project construction or operations
during the contract period;
“Initial Environment means the report prepared by MPUDC in compliance to ADB safeguard
Examination Report” protection system (SPS) 2009 and disclosed by ADB for ensuring safeguards
against potential environmental impacts during the contract period;
“Madhya Pradesh means the Employer for the Project;
Urban Development
Company” or
“MPUDC”
“Madhya Pradesh means the water supply improvement project being implemented by MPUDC
Urban Services funded by the Asian Development Bank and Government of Madhya Pradesh
Improvement Project”
or “MPUSIP”
“Maintenance” means any activity required to maintain the serviceability of an asset over its
economic life including:
i. Routine maintenance of mechanical, electrical, electronic and
instrumentation equipment, motorized transport, whether undertaken
by the Contractor or contracted out, including provision of spare
parts, all in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and
subject to following the Standard Operating Procedures
ii. Repair or replacement of dosing pumps, drive-in motors less than
3kw capacity
iii. Fixing leaks in pipes and fittings including cost of associated works
such as road cutting, earthwork excavation, refilling the trenches and
restoring surfaces
iv. Repair, maintenance or replacement of valves and meters to ensure
functionality
v. Regular painting, patching and protection of wooden and metallic
surfaces and structures
vi. Maintaining water tightness, functionality and appearance of
buildings, yards, depots, other structures and surrounding grounds
vii. Software upgrades, hardware maintenance including spares and
consumables;
“New Assets” means those infrastructure components, plant, machinery, equipment and
any other units procured, supplied, installed, erected and commissioned by
the Contractor during the Design-Build Period other than those existing in the

Site as on the Commencement Date;

“NRW or Non- means the volume of water for which no revenue could be realised measured
Revenue Water” as cumulative input supply volume measured at the outlet of treated water
pumping stations) less (the volume of authorized consumption, as measured
by meter readings), divided by (the cumulative input supply volume measured
at the outlet of treated water pumping stations) expressed in percentage;
“NP or Nagar means either of the urban local bodies Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and
Parishad” Birsingpur Nagar Parishads or as the case may be including all its
successors, assignees;
“Potable Water means the water quality requirements of potable water to be supplied to the
Specification” Customers as stipulated in Table 2.2 Recommended Guidelines for Physical
and Chemical Parameters and Table 2.3 Bacteriological Quality of Drinking
Water, in the Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, CPHEEO,
Government of India, Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi;
“Project Management means the agency appointed by the Employer to provide project
Consultant” management advisory services to the Employer and Employer’s
Representative
“Raw Water Quality” shall mean the range of water quality characteristics provided in the report on
Raw water characteristics included in Clause 16 – List of Supplementary
Information;
“Resettlement Plan” means the plan prepared by MPUDC in compliance to ADB safeguard
protection system (SPS) 2009 and disclosed by ADB for ensuring safeguard
of affected parties due to involuntary resettlement to enable project
construction or operation services;
“Services” means all those activities, interventions, actions and tasks required as part of
the implementation of Project including all planning, design, detailed
engineering, procurement, construction, rehabilitation, operations,
maintenance, and management in providing continuous pressurized water
supply to the customers in the sub-project Service Area;
“Service Area” means the area where Nagar Parishad is responsible for provision of water
supply services to customers. The Service Area can be within the
administrative municipal boundary and as extended from time to time and
also include future growth areas where Nagar Parishad decides to provide
expansion of water services and undertake operation, maintenance and
management services;
“Service Improvement means the detailed techno-economic and financial investment plan prepared
Plan” by the Contractor to achieve the Minimum Service Levels stipulated in
Section 6, Employer Requirements;
“Service Levels” means the levels of service to be achieved by the Contractor at the end of
Design-Build Period and to be maintained during the Operation Service
Period;
“Variable O&M Fee” means the variable O&M fee to be determined from the product of monthly
volume of water supplied at customer taps and the Water Charge per cubic
meter of volume of water agreed under the Agreement;
“Water Works” means the water production and treatment facilities and related intakes, wells
and pumping systems to be installed at various locations in the sub-project.
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1. General Requirements
2.1.1. Scope of Services: The Contractor’s scope of services shall include:
(a) all planning, survey, investigation, design, detailed engineering, procurement, construction,
operation, maintenance and management activities required to improve the entire supply and
distribution chain of existing infrastructure and proposed new infrastructure for water
extraction, treatment, pumping, transmission, storage, distribution and commercial services
for efficient and effective management. It includes the rehabilitation of the existing water

source, treatment, pumping, storage, transmission and distribution infrastructure, existing

transmission and feeder networks, including household connections
(b) all technical, managerial, administrative, commercial, environmental, and social interventions
as required in accordance with acceptable, prudent water utility construction and
management practices, ensuring safe and sustainable drinking water supply services to the
Customers in the Service Areas.
2.1.2.Summary of obligations: The key obligations of the Contractor under the Contract are
summarized in the following table.

Section6-Employer’sRequirements 6-8
Table2.1.2A:Summary of Key Obligations of the Contractor for Kothi Nagar Parishad in Satna District
Component Study Design Rehab Build Operate Maintenance Replace with Replace with
Asset Provisional Sum
Replacement
Fund
ExistingInfrastructure
Tube wells Yes No No No No No No No
Tube well pumps Yes No No No No No No No

Water Treatment Works Yes No No No No No No No
Water Treatment Civil Yes No No No No No No No
Structures
WTP mechanical, electrical Yes No No No No No No No
and instrumentation
Treated water pumping Yes No No No No No No No
Machinery
Transmission mains Yes No No No No No No No
Overhead Tanks Yes No No No No No No No
Transmission and Yes No No No No No No No
Distribution System
House Service Connections Yes No No No No No No No
New Infrastructure
Intake well Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No

Raw water pumping Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Treatment Works Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Overhead Tanks Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Treated water pumping Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
machinery
Transmission mains Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Distribution System with Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
DMAs
House Service Connections Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Customer Service Centers Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Meter reading and billing Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Management Improvements Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No

Replacement
Fund
Pressurized Water supply Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
services to customers
Non-Revenue Water Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Control
Flow and pressure Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
monitoring

Table2.1.2A:Summary of Key Obligations of the Contractor for Kotar Nagar Parishad in Satna District
Replacement
Fund
Existing Infrastructure

Structures
and instrumentation
Machinery
Distribution System
New Infrastructure

machinery
DMAs

Replacement
Fund
Control
monitoring

Table2.1.2A:SummaryofKeyObligationsoftheContractorforJaitwaraNagar Parishad in Satna District
Replacement
Fund

Structures
and instrumentation
Machinery
Distribution System
NewInfrastructure

machinery
DMAs

Replacement
Fund
Pressurized Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Watersupplyservicesto
customers
Non-RevenueWater Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
Control
Flowandpressure monitoring Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No

Table2.1.2A:SummaryofKeyObligationsoftheContractorforBirsingpurNagar Parishad in Satna District
Replacement
Fund

Structures
and instrumentation
Machinery
Distribution System
NewInfrastructure

machinery
DMAs

Replacement
Fund
Control
monitoring

3. SERVICE AREA AND SITE MAP

3.1. ULB service areas
Please refer to the Service Area and site map in the drawings in the respective
DetailedProject Report for each Nagar Parishad. The Detailed Project Report is available
atwebsite of MPUSIP www.mpudc.co.in.
3.2. Design-Build Requirements

3.2.1.At the commencement of Design Build Period, the Contractor shall undertake
comprehensive assessment on the validity of proposed infrastructure components
included under the Contract including the existing infrastructure if any in the Service
Area, and undertake detailed engineering design comprising of water treatment
process engineering, structural engineering design of all civil and mechanical
engineering components, electrical and instrumentation engineering design of all
process equipment, pumps, monitoring equipment and validating the hydraulic
engineering designs for ensuring safe, continuous, pressurised water supply to the
customers and prepare Service Improvement Plan hereinafter referred to as the
‘SIP’ for improving water services to achieve the Service Levels.
3.3. The Service Improvement Plan
3.3.1. The Contractor shall undertake its own detailed investigation of the Facilities to
determine the complete scope of services for achieving the Service Levels.
3.3.2. Based on the findings from the comprehensive assessment, the Contractor shall
prepare the Service Improvement Plan for the activities to be carried out during the
Design-Build Period in accordance with Applicable Laws and good industry practice
and the Environment Management Plan provided at Section 6 Employer’s
Requirements.
3.3.3.The objectives of the activities presented in the SIP shall be to ensure the following:
(a) Safe, efficient, Continuous Pressurized Water Supply services to the Customers in
the Service Area to meet the growing demand needs of the Nagar Parishad;
(b) Availability of sufficient volume of bulk raw or treated water to meet the growing
demands of customers, taking into account the permissible levels of losses in
treatment, transmission and distribution;
(c) Optimization of performance of existing infrastructure from source to Customer;
(d) Effective program of non-revenue water control including active leakage control by
applying continuous and vigilant monitoring, leak detection and good quality and long
lasting leak repair techniques;
(e) Efficient and effective commercial and customer services in management of the
water utility for providing un-interrupted water supply to the customers, duly
redressing and resolving complaints and problems from existing Customers and
providing network connectivity to new Customers and ensuring timely expansion of
networks and system capacities; and
(f) Establishment of robust, proven utility management systems and processes including
standard operating procedures for ensuring sustainable water services capable of
forward planning, timely decision making, attending to emergencies and ensuring
cost recovery.
(g) Establishment of performance monitoring systems so as to enable a) monitoring of
Service Levels and b) overall collection and disclosure of data related to water supply
services in the Service Area.
3.3.4.The elements constituting the SIP shall include, but not be limited to, those outlined
below.
3.3.5. Baseline Report: The Contractor shall undertake a detailed survey of the Service
Area through a customer door-to-door survey, evaluation of existing infrastructure
and prepare a baseline report on existing water supply services and service levels.
3.3.6.Infrastructure Improvement Plan: The Contractor shall prepare an infrastructure
improvement plan detailing the capital works required to deliver the Service Levels.

The infrastructure improvement plan shall include at least the following

components.
(a) Raw water intakes, pumping stations and transmission mains: The Contractor will
plan to improve the existing raw water intake, pumping machinery and transmission
mains with a view to increasing security of supply, optimizing the energy input in
service delivery, and utilizing existing assets to the extent possible.
(b) Rehabilitation and expansion of existing water works if any and Construction of new
water works: The Contractor shall plan and design the necessary Capital Works to
ensure a sufficient supply of treated water from the Water Works to meet the Service
Levels. This will include a mix of rehabilitation and expansion of existing treatment
plants and possible construction of new treatment plant. The designed hydraulic
capacity will ensure that during the times of sufficient raw water availability the
Contractor can produce necessary volumes of treated water to meet the water
demand in the Service Area.
(c) Rehabilitation of existing transmission and feeder networks and construction of new
networks: Using the hydraulic model and simulating both present and future
conditions, the Contractor shall review the capacity of the networks required from a
continuous water service perspective and propose network strengthening measures
in a cost effective manner. The Contractor will identify existing feeders that are in
good operational condition and could be utilized to enable the Contractor to meet the
Service Levels. Deteriorated feeders will be identified and replaced or rehabilitated in
a cost effective manner. The Contractor will assess options for any new feeder mains
to serve existing or new storage reservoirs and propose the optimum solution.
(d) Service Storage: The Contractor’s proposals for ensuring adequate service storage
capacity for the Service Area shall use existing reservoirs to the extent possible with
abandonment only in the event that a reservoir is structurally unsafe. A key factor to
be taken into account is the highly restrictive availability of land for installation of new
reservoirs and hence the proposals should focus on expanding the utilizable storage
through improved hydraulics and assigned demand patterns.
(e) Rehabilitation and expansion of distribution networks: The Contractor should propose
a plan for new networks to currently unserved areas of the Service Area and for the
optimal mix of rehabilitation, repair, and replacement of the existing distribution
network in currently served areas. In the latter case the Contractor should optimize
capital and operational solutions to develop the most cost effective solutions and
using the existing assets to the extent possible.
(f) Customer House connections: The Contractor shall include in their rehabilitation and
expansion plan for replacing existing house connections and Customer meters in
total, and installing new house connections with meters to unconnected households
and those with illegal connections. By the end of the Design-Build Period all
properties will have house connections and individual meters.
(g) Management Improvements: The Contractor shall establish Customer Service
Centres including all necessary management systems for ensuring effective and
efficient service delivery to the Customers.
(h) Implementation Schedule: The Contractor shall prepare a detailed project
management program showing the all activities to be undertaken during the Design
Build Period including start and end dates and dependencies between the activities.
The critical path items will be clearly identified. The implementation schedule shall
comprise detailed procurement plan for materials, equipment and works and related
quality assurance plan. Where the implementation plan requires action to be taken by
the Employer or Nagar Parishad, these activities will be highlighted and separately
identified with a clear description of the activity, the projected start date, and the time
allowed for the Employer or the Nagar Parishad to undertake said activity.
(i) Safeguards Plan: The Contractor shall explain how the project’s safeguards
requirements as required by the Environmental Management Plan and Resettlement
Plan and Indigenous Peoples Protection Plan will be incorporated into the different

stages of the project activities, how they will be monitored, and what information will
be reported as part of the monitoring plan.
(j) Monitoring Plan: The Contractor, based on the implementation schedule, the
procurement plan and the quality assurance plan, shall prepare a detailed plan for
monitoring and reporting the implementation of the SIP during the Design-Build
Period.
(k) The proposals shall be in two parts with the first part to provide new infrastructure in
the areas which are not provided with network access. The second part of the
improvements shall be a structured, continuous program of rehabilitation, repair and
replacement of existing networks to ensure, by the end of the Design-Build Period,
sufficient network capacity and levels of water losses to achieve the Service Levels to
the end of the Contract Period.
(l) The Contractor shall identify any specific deviations to the Technical Specifications,
standards on all materials, equipment and goods proposed to be used in SIP. The
SIP shall also include a plan for establishing the quality of materials, pipes and
fittings to be used, as well as setting workmanship protocols and standards.
3.3.7. Annual Operation and Maintenance Plan: The Contractor shall prepare an annual
operation and maintenance plan with sufficient detail of all critical and routine
operating tasks at each unit of water supply chain with the objective of achieving
and maintaining the required Service Levels. The AOMP shall comprise of
following.
(a) The O&M Plan shall comprise the operating and maintenance strategy for
improving the operating efficiency, methodology, organization structure, human
resource plan, equipment deployment plan, environmental management
measures, responsibilities for unit operations, monitoring and emergency
response, related processes, systems, protocols, procedures including detailed
costs for each activity of operations and maintenance etc.
(b) O&M Plan will present in detail the monitoring protocol for water quality
measurement around the system.
(c) Updating Draft Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Resettlement Plan
(RP) and Indigenous People Plan (IPP): Upon completion of all detailed design,
the Contractor shall update the draft IEE and EMP duly incorporating all those
revisions as necessary to ensure compliance of environmental and social
safeguards in accordance to the SPS 2009. The Employer shall submit the
updated IEE and EMP for further review by ADB, and the Contractor shall not
commence any works, until the final approval of the safeguard requirements from
ADB.
(d) Methodology for Measurement: The Contractor shall develop a robust
methodology and framework for measurement and monitoring of Service Levels
stipulated under this clause and proposed as part of the SIP. The Employer with
the assistance of the Project Management Consultant shall verify the same and
upon agreement between the Parties the agreed methodology shall form the
basis for monitoring the performance of the Contractor and apply the Non
Performance Adjustments on the eligible payments for Operation Service.
(e) Contribution of O & M of Combined component shall be borne by the 4 ULBs
based on Pro-rata basis of Total MLD. Tentative Share percentage (%) bourn
by each ULBs shall be Kothi, (23.41%), Kotar (18.18%), Jaitwara
(23.18%), and Birsingpur (35.23%) Nagar Parishads
3.3.8. Contents of Service Improvement Plan (SIP): The SIP shall be submitted to the
Employer for review and approval. The SIP shall comprise of the following four
parts:
I. Part I – Baseline Report:

(a) The baseline report on the condition of existing infrastructure if any proposed to
be rehabilitated in the Service Area;
(b) Consumer door to door survey findings.

II. Part II –Service Improvement and Investment Plan:

(a) A validated and amended water demand model duly considering the findings
from the consumer survey;
(b) Detailed engineering designs, drawings and cost estimates of Works and
management improvements proposed in order to meet the Service Levels;
(c) Commissioning and testing plan
(d) Investments required for the Works and management improvements proposed;
(e) Methodology and timelines for implementation;
(f) Contractor personnel deployment plan;
(g) Construction plant and equipment deployment plan;
(h) Cash-flow plan during each of the contract periods;
(i) Implementation schedule with procurement and quality assurance plan
(j) Safeguards plan
(k) Detailed methodology of measurement protocol for monitoring the progress of
Design-Build Period milestones and all standard electronic formats for periodical
progress monitoring
III. Part III – Annual Operation and Maintenance Plan:
(a) Annual operating plan (AOP) covering all operations, maintenance and
management requirements in the Service Area;
(b) An emergency response plan (ERP);
(c) Standard operating procedures (SOPs) for routine operations and emergency
responses;
(d) Water quality surveillance program;
(e) Energy optimization program;
(f) Network expansion policy
(g) Safeguards plan
(h) Training plan for Employer’s personnel.
IV. Part IV – Customer Management and Public Relations Plan:

(a) a roll-out plan for undertaking volumetric revenue billing and collection system;
(b) a consumer information and awareness programme
(c) detailed methodologies for managing new customer connection applications and
for registering new connections.
(d) detailed proposals for the establishment of customer services centres
(e) meter reading methodologies;
(f) methodologies for the distribution of bills (which shall include, if appropriate, the
use of GPS handheld devices to ensure bills are distributed to the correct
households);
(g) procedures for quality control and audit to demonstrate that meters have been
read accurately and bills have been distributed to the correct properties;
(h) proposals for easy-to-use customer payment options (e.g. payment points,
banks, phone payments etc);
(i) contractor and Nagar Parishad joint protocols for managing over-due bills,
including protocols for enforcing payment and if necessary disconnecting
defaulting customers;
(j) suggestions, if any, for amendments to existing Nagar Parishad policies;
(k) procedures for identifying and dealing with illegal connections.
(l) The contractor’s proposed customer and commercial services training
programme.
3.3.9. The Contractor shall submit the Part I and Part II of the draft SIP within 60 days
from the Commencement Date to allow the Employer to undertake a thorough
review of the draft SIP and suggest amendments if any. The Employer and the
Contractor shall sign off the agreed SIP within 90 days from the Commencement
Date or by such date permitted by the Employer and under no circumstances
should it be more than 120 days from the Commencement Date.

3.3.10. At least 90 days before the commissioning of the installed infrastructure, the Part
III and IV of the SIP shall be submitted. The Employer and the Contractor shall sign
off the agreed SIP Part III and IV within 45 days before the commencement of
Operation Service Period.
3.4. Outline design
3.4.1. An outline design is prepared by the Employer and is provided in the Detailed
Project Report which forms the basis for bill of quantities provided in Section 4.
3.4.2. Where interventions proposed by the Contractor in the SIP are not part of or in
variance to the Detailed Project Report but require substantial modification in
Specifications, or not in conformity with the general guidelines in the CPHEEO
Manual the Contractor shall provide in the SIP sufficient explanation and
justification as to how implementing such interventions would benefit the Nagar
Parishad in terms of, for example, the costs, speed, inconvenience to residents, or
sustainability of the Service Levels.
3.5. Detailed design
3.5.1. General:
(a) The Contractor shall establish contact with all relevant stakeholders, including
consultants under the MPUSIP, and become familiar with the existing water supply
system, and the applicable standards and guidelines for water supply design, and
with past and current on-going works in the Service Area.
(b) Satisfy themselves as to the nature and scope of work and the prevailing Site
conditions.
(c) Liaise with the respective Nagar Parishads, the local traffic police and other
government agencies regarding governing laws and regulations in order to undertake
studies and construction activities under the Contract such as:
i. Environmental and social impact assessments and prevention, mitigation and
monitoring of impacts during construction;
ii. Environmental and Social Safeguards in accordance to safeguard policy of
Asian Development Bank;
iii. Approved Indigenous People’s Planning Frame work; for MPUSIP and for the
sub-project;
iv. Compensation for damages to property;
v. Occupational health and safety including worker’s compensation;
vi. Consultation of beneficiary populations; and
vii. Signage for construction works.
3.5.2. Integration with On-going Activities: There are several other extraction,
production and network improvement activities that are either on-going or have
been recently completed by Nagar Parishad and/or Urban Administration and
Development Directorate (UADD). The Contractor shall review all the reports and
ensure that the SIP does not duplicate any measure already financed and
implemented, or proposed to be implemented under the Sub-Project, but rather
complements these other investments and highlights proven
approaches/techniques/policies that could be utilized for the SIP to enhance project
effectiveness and efficiency. The Contractor shall also ensure that investments
proposed as part of the SIP are independent of the other interventions so that it can
be adequately implemented, constructed, managed, supervised, monitored and
finally be evaluated in terms of its impact. However, these investments shall be
complimentary to the outcomes of the previous or other ongoing interventions.
3.5.3. Institutional Arrangements and General Compliance: The Contractor shall read,
familiarize itself with and understand the relevant institutional arrangements and
governing laws to determine in detail which roles Nagar Parishad, as the asset
holding and operating entity, plays in the following: (i) sanction of water
connections, (ii) installation of water connections, (iii) disconnections and
reconnections, and (iv) services to urban poor areas as applicable, so that the SIP
conforms with them.

3.5.4. Review and validation of Detailed Project Report: The Contractor shall also
review and validate the Detailed Project Report for the scheme and ensure that the
SIP is (i) in line with the Detailed Project Report (DPR) approved for funding, (ii) in
compliance with the Draft Master Plan or City Development Plan, if any (iii) in
compliance to the terms and conditions of the Project and Loan Agreements among
ADB, Government of India and Government of Madhya Pradesh under MPUSIP
and (iv) coordinated with the on-going and programmed activities of other
Urban/Infrastructure development programs of GoI/GoMP as the case may be. Any
deviations to the DPR shall be highlighted and approved as part of the SIP. Under
no circumstance, should implementation of such interventions result in Variation of
more than 25% of the agreed contract value under this Contract.
3.5.5. Customer Survey: Within 45days from the Commencement Date, the Contractor
shall undertake and complete a digital door-to-door survey of all Customer
properties whether connected to the network or un-connected and obtain the details
in regard to name, address, spatial location with geo-coding, number of resident
members, availability of water connection, estimated consumption levels, alternate
water supply arrangements, method of disposal of wastewater, etc. The consumer
survey shall capture the details of all customers whether connected or un-
connected in the categories of general residential households (independent
housing, group housing connections and apartments), urban poor households,
government housing, non-domestic, commercial, institutional, religious places,
industrial and fire services and any other category of customers resident in the
Service Area. A standard questionnaire format for the survey is provided at Table
3.8 at the end of this sub-section.
This information should be collected using digital forms and for this purpose an
android-based survey software will be provided by the PMU (no cost to the
contractor) which can be installed on any android smart phone or tablet with wi-fi or
data connectivity with sufficient internal storage and with an in-built camera. The
survey App will be capable of data input including picture of the property with
automatic geo-coding capturing the spatial coordinates. . The data collected would
be transmitted electronically to the centralised server at the PMU. The data shall be
further used by the Contractor in preparing cadastre maps in AUTOCAD software
showing consumer properties with individual location.
The data would also make the basis for determining the number and category of
connections and also for assessing initial water demand.The survey data will be
provided to the contractor for the purposes of baseline report and project planning
and execution. The data shall also be available to PMU/PMC and ADB for data
quality audit, research and project planning/monitoring purposes.
3.5.6. The Contractor’s survey agency shall inform to the customers on future
availability of continuous pressurized water services to the customers and the
connection policy of Employer in providing free connections to all the domestic
customers.
3.5.7. Water quality analysis of existing tubewells: The Contractor shall organize to
collect two samples from each of the tube wells currently in operation in the Nagar
Parishad. The samples collected shall be analysed for all the physical, chemical
and bacteriological characteristics in any reputed lab as approved by the
Employer’s Representative. The results of the water quality analysis shall be
evaluated for undertaking any emergency measures like closure of tube wells with
arsenic or any other harmful chemical constituents or ensuring robust disinfection in
case of bacteriological contamination as the case may be. Any de-commissioning of
the tube wells shall be undertaken by the Contractor upon obtaining necessary
approvals from the Employer and Nagar Parishad to that effect and the works shall
be undertaken with prior notice to local customers with information about the

reasons for such decommissioning and the availability of an alternate source of

water supply.
3.5.8. Water quality analysis of existing treatment works: If the summary obligations
provided in Table 2.1.2 requires rehabilitation of existing water treatment works, the
Contractor shall organize for collection at least four samples each of raw water and
treated water at different times randomly selected within a span of one week. The
samples collected shall be analysed for all physical, chemical and bacteriological
characteristics in any reputed lab as approved by the Employer’s Representative.
The results of water quality analysis shall be evaluated for undertaking any
emergency measures by the Employer’s operational staff and also form basis for
planning requirement of rehabilitation of the water treatment works to confirm to the
ability in producing treated water conforming to the Potable Water Specification.
3.5.9. Assessment of existing water works: The Contractor shall undertake a detailed
study of the water treatment works existing at the Commencement Date which shall
include a condition and performance assessment of all civil, mechanical, electrical
and instrumentation infrastructure, efficiency of treatment process, output capability
of the plant and the treated water pumping system for delivering product water
conforming to the water quality standards set out in the Service Levels. The results
of these studies shall form the basis of a list of works or activities for optimizing the
efficiency of the existing production capacity of the Facilities in the SIP. The
Contractor may specifically explore proposing additional works such as wash water
recovery units for minimizing the losses in the treatment.
3.5.10. Assessment of Pumping Systems: The Contractor shall undertake a detailed
condition and performance assessment of the existing surface water pumping
systems for raw water transmission, treated water transmission and boosters if any
and assess the efficiency of the existing pumping regime. It shall undertake an
energy audit of each pumping installation and assess the overall pumping regime
and storage arrangements. This will allow the Contractor to develop a plan for
optimizing the performance of the pumping units and system in the SIP so as to
save energy consumption and extend the life of the units.
3.5.11. Assessment of Pipe Networks: The Contractor shall undertake a study of the
condition of the existing water transmission and distribution network within and
outside the Service Area through flow and pressure measurement (FPM) and
review of historical repairs data if available and through detailed interactions with
the Nagar Parishad employees in order to assess the strength and capacity of the
networks for provision of continuous pressurized water supply services to the
customers in accordance to the Service Levels.
3.5.12. Demand Model: The Contractor from the findings of the customer survey shall
develop a robust city level demand model both establishing the current water
account and the projected annual demand growth duly taking into consideration the
differential and dynamic zonal growth patterns, progressive reduction in treatment
and network losses and the price elasticity of water consumption pattern. The
demand model shall be governed by the following design horizons.
(a) Raw Water Intakes and Transmission Pipelines - 2049
(b) Water Treatment - 2034
(c) Pump Stations - 2034
(d) Treated Water Transmission and Feeder Pipelines - 2049
(e) Storage Reservoirs - 2034
(f) Water Distribution Systems – 2049
3.5.13. Hydraulic Network Model: The Contractor shall develop a hydraulic network
model (HNM) which includes all pipelines down to 63mm diameter based on the
available information and by undertaking site investigations as required. The HNM
shall be in two parts the first part being the strategic mains model (SMM) and the
second being the all mains model (AMM). The HNM shall be built on a digital
elevation model (DEM) of the city depicting 1m elevation contours. The data
pertaining to reservoirs, pipes, valves and demand allocations shall be obtained

through field study and captured on the network model. AutoCAD or equivalent
shall be the drawing software and WATERGEMS or equivalent shall be the
modelling software for building the network model.
3.5.14. Assessment of service storage: The Contractor will undertake a detailed
assessment of the structural condition, capacity and hydraulic performance of the
existing service reservoirs. This will allow the Contractor to identify those that could
be used in a Continuous Pressurized Water Supply system, what repairs or
rehabilitation is needed, what capacity expansions are required, and where new
reservoirs will need to be constructed. Efforts shall be made to ensure optimum use
of the available storage capacity and land area so as to minimize or avoid
requirement of additional land acquisition.
3.5.15. Rehabilitation and expansion of distribution networks: The Contractor shall,
based on the results of the HNM, review the present distribution zones and design
for setting up hydraulically isolated district metered areas (“DMA”s) within the
Service Area with each DMA comprising of about 2,000 to 3,000 Customer
connections. Each DMA shall preferably have one inflow point and be isolated by
installing boundary isolation valves. The inflow shall be fitted with a pressure
reducing valve and an electro-magnetic bulk flow meter of reputable brand
synchronized with a sufficient capacity data logger with the facility to record, store,
monitor and analyze the consumption and pressure pattern in the respective DMA.
The Contractor shall identify and propose at least three Critical Measurement
Points (“CMP”s) in each DMA for continuous logging of pressure, and the CMPs
shall be such that one point shall be at the inlet of DMA, second at the highest
elevation within the DMA boundary and the third shall be the farthest point from the
DMA inlet. The Contractor shall propose necessary actions/tasks for periodical
calibration of the flow and pressure monitoring equipment and capture the data
generated by the respective equipment, analyze and monitor the consumption and
level of losses in the DMAs and take remedial actions as necessary to meet the
Service Levels.
3.5.16. Handling Asbestos Cement Pipes: It is expressly clarified that the existing
networks of Asbestos Cement pipes shall be left un-touched and totally replaced in
compliance to the requirements under ADB SPS 2009.2.6.4 The proposed network
improvements shall be on the basis of a carefully planned progressive DMA-wise
transformation to continuous pressurized supply taking into account possible
increased leakage in the short term and the need to minimize supply deterioration
in other DMAs serviced with intermittent water supply.
3.5.17. Customer Service Centres: The Contractor shall design, and propose setting up
of customer service centers (“CSC”) of at least one CSC for every 10,000
connections and part thereof including one central control center to facilitate
receiving and resolving customer requests, complaints, and grievances in the areas
of new connections, service deficiencies, resolution of billing disputes, inappropriate
actions by staff, etc. While doing so the Contractor shall take into consideration the
existing Customer Service Centers if any established by the Nagar Parishad or “MP
Online” and propose an optimal solution. The CSCs shall function between 8am to
8pm during business days including Saturdays and between 8am to 1pm during
public holidays including Sundays. The CSC shall have reasonable space and
furniture for the customers to wait, interact and represent their requirements. During
the other off peak times of 8pm to 8am, the Contractor shall have a facility to
receive customer complaints and grievances through telephone, fax, text message,
email and any other reasonable electronic means. The CSC shall be equipped with
sufficient human resources preferably a lady representative with proficiency in local
language, hardware and software to facilitate continuous record of customer
requests, monitoring the resolution, and reporting completion of necessary actions
and tasks.
3.5.18. Services to poor: In the case of urban poor areas in the Service Area(where
there are households), the Contractor, in accordance with the connection policy of

the Nagar Parishad, shall plan and propose necessary works for provision of house
service connections.
3.6. Construction
3.6.1.Scope of services: The scope of services during the construction phase Design-
Build Period shall essentially comprise of implementing the approved SIP. The
implementation of the SIP shall be in accordance to international best practice and
industry standards and sufficient care shall be taken by the Contractor in minimizing
supply interruptions, traffic disruptions and ensuring good and timely
communications with the customers in the Service Area.
3.6.2.All the Works and interventions proposed as part of the SIP shall be in conformity
with the Technical Specifications and Particular Specifications as set out in the
Employer’s Requirements respectively. The SIP components relating to this period
essentially comprise of but are not limited to the following.
3.6.3.Construction works: The Contractor shall design and construct or install the Works
as detailed hereunder, which is included as per the Bill of Quantities (BOQ) for the
purpose of pricing in the Price Bid. The Works as per the BOQ constitute the
following:
(a) Raw water intake arrangements
(b) Water treatment works
(c) Pumping stations for raw and treated water
(d) Pumping machinery
(e) Bulk flow and pressure monitoring instrumentation
(f) All electrical equipment and installations to ensure dedicated power
availability;
(g) Water storage structures such as treated water sumps, overhead service
reservoirs, ground level balancing or storage reservoirs
(h) Transmission, feeder and distribution networks
(i) Metered house service connections to ensure universal coverage of all
potential customers in the Service Area including all urban poor and low
income households and other vulnerable communities.
(j) Road cutting and restoration of all damaged roads
(k) All protection works like compound walls, fencing, gates, security
arrangements; and
(l) All works related to operations, maintenance and management
improvements including setting up management information systems,
customer service centers, billing and collection systems, contractor office,
operational equipment, tools and Plant, etc.
3.6.4.The works proposed in the BoQs as summarized above are indicative only and the
Employer holds no liability on the guaranteed performance of the proposed works.
The Contractor shall investigate, survey, assess the existing infrastructure and shall
design and propose the actual works to be implemented as part of the SIP. Any
deviations and cost implications due to changes in the proposed works when
compared to the BoQs should be explicitly included in the SIP for approval with
adequate justification.
3.6.5.Design-Build Period Milestones: The following milestones shall govern the Design-
Build Period commencing from the date of Letter of Acceptance.
Table 3.6.5 Design-Build Period Milestones

Design-Build Period Milestones Period in days from the date of Letter of Acceptance
120 300 480 660 850
Cumulative Expenditure Milestones
Approval of Final SIP 100%
Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure Job 100%
Raw Water Intake/open well Job 20% 50% 100%
arrangements

Water treatment plant Job 20% 50% 100%

Pumping Stations Job 50% 100% 100%
Pumping Machinery Job 100%
Reservoirs Job 20% 50% 100%
Transmission and Feeder Networks Job 20% 50% 100%
Distribution Networks Job 20% 50% 100%
House Service Connections Job 25% 75% 100%
Testing and Commissioning of bulk 100%
infrastructure components and
demonstration of performance
Testing and Commissioning of all 50% 100%
infrastructure components from source to
customer and demonstration of
performance
3.6.6. Minimum Service Levels: The minimum Service Levels to be achieved on

completion of Design-Build Period milestones shall be as follows.
(a) Treated water production volume at the outlet of water treatment works
confirming to the designed capacity
(b) Treated water quality at the outlet of water treatment works confirming to the
Potable Water Specification
(c) At least 80% of the customers identified at the end of Design-Build Period shall
be provided with private metered house connections
(d) At least 90% of the house connections shall be provided with continuous
pressurized (24x7) water supply services – measured through an appropriate
format signed and certified by each customer on the installation and testing of
connection and supply of continuous pressurized water over three consecutive
month period.
(e) 100% of customer meters read over three consecutive months and bills
generated and delivered to the respective customers.
(f) The non-revenue water volume measured in consecutive three-month period
shall be less than 20% of system input volume measured at the out let of water
treatment works.
3.7. Commissioning
3.7.1.Commissioning Period: The following activities govern the commissioning period.
(a) Test the functioning of the Facilities in accordance with the Service Level
requirements, applicable during Operation Service Period;
(b) Correct deficiencies, if any and make the performance compliant in accordance with
the Service Level requirements, applicable during the Operation Service Period;
(c) Receive the allocated water at the bulk water supply points;
(d) Treat the raw water, and supply treated water to the Customers within the Service
Area in accordance with the Service Levels;
(e) Demonstrate and maintain the quality of treated water, in accordance with the
Potable Water Specification;
(f) To operate and maintain the water supply network in accordance the terms of Annual
O&M Plan requirements
(g) Test the computerized billing, collection, consumer grievances management and
water supply monitoring system (SCADA system) ;
(h) Read customer meters and raise a dummy water bill mentioning the consumption
and the related water charges and deliver to the customers on behalf of the Nagar
Parishad in accordance to the water charges fixed by the Nagar Parishad;
(i) Receive and redress and resolve the complaints from the customers
(j) If required, to operate and maintain the water tankers, in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement; and

(k) To extend the water supply coverage area within the Service Area, as and when
required;
3.7.2.Commissioning Certificate: The Commissioning Certificate shall be issued only on
completion of the Design-Build Period Milestones and demonstrated achievement
of Service Levels.

Table 3.8 – Questionnaire Format for Door-to-Door Survey of Customer Properties (in accordance to Sub-
Clause 3.5.5)
Customer Door-to-Door Survey Format
Customer Unique ID Customer ID (TMP) as per

1
(GIS) water bill
2 Ward No Prabhag No Ward Name
Customer Name
3 Owned Rented
/Owner of property
3.1 If rented Name
4 Family Size (Nos)
Annual
5 Occupation
Income
6 Water Supply Zone
Plot/Building No
Street Name
7
Address Area Name
Pin
Land Mark
Code
8 Property No
9 Property Type Individual Apartment Bunglow
Under Reserved Play
9.1 Open Site Park/Garden Temple Other
Construction forest Ground
Sheet
9.2 Structure RCC Tiled Roof Thatched Roof Other
Roof
9.3 Door Locked Yes No Permanently Closed
Residential Commercial Both
10 Government Private Offices Institutional Industry
Property Category
Govt.
Slum Parking Religious
Hospital/Clinic
10.A Residential
10.A.1 Individual No of Floors G+ Persons
Apartment/High
10.A.2 No of Floors G+ No of Flats Persons
rise Building
10.A.3 Bungalow No of Floors G+ Persons
Hotel (With No of Beds & No of Chairs &
Restaurant
Lodging) Employee Employee
No of Chairs & Marriage No of Chairs &
Theatre
Employee Hall Employee
Pvt. Bus No of buses
10.B Commercial Pvt. Office No of Employee
terminal departure
Shop No of Employee Bank No of Employee
No of Beds &
Pvt. Hospital Mall No of Employee
Employee
Petrol Pump No of Employee
No of students & No of students &
10.C Institutional School College
Employee Employee
Library No of Chairs Hostel No of Beds
PG No of Beds Other
Bus
10.D Government Office No of Employee No of buses departure
Terminal
No of Beds & Railway
Hospital No of trains departure
Employee Station
No of flights
Air Port Others
departure
If Others
11 Details with Population (For the

Category Ticked Above)

12 Source of Corporation Bore Open Stand Hand
Both NA
Water Well Well Post Pump
13 Water Connection Yes No
14 Connection details
14.1 Consumer Name
14.2 Connection No Total No of Connections
14.3 Connection Size ½” ¾” 1” 2” Others
14.4 Connection Use Residential Commercial Industria Other
l
14.5 Connection Type Meter Unmetered
15 Water Supply Details
15.1 Supply in Water High Medium Low
Hours/minutes Pressure
15.2 Under Ground Over head Groun None
Water Storage Facility
d level
15.3 Water Quality Satisfactory Non-satisfactory
15.4 Excess Adequate Insuffic
Water Quantity
ient
15.5 Pump on Water Yes No
Connection
16 Other Details
16.1 Tanker Supply Yes No
16.2 Garden in premises Yes No
17 GPS Taken Yes No Property Marked Yes No
18 Name of Surveyor Sign
18.1 Name of
Customer/Informer Sign
18.2 Customer Contact No

19 Survey Remarks Completed Partly Completed Refused Postponed
20 Remarks

4. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

4.1. General obligations in the operation service period:
4.1.1.From the commencement of Operation Service period subsequent to issue of
Commissioning Certificate and until the Contract Completion Date the Contractor
shall provide the following services in connection with the operation and
maintenance of the potable water system:
(a) Abstracting raw water from the source at the intake arrangements;
(b) Pumping and transmitting the abstracted raw water to the water treatment works;
(c) Treating the raw water to the stipulated Potable Water Specification;
(d) Transmitting the potable treated water from the water works through the
transmission and feeder networks via the treated water pumping stations to
various reservoirs and the distribution network up to the Consumer Water
Connection Points;
(e) Carrying out all plumbing and other civil works necessary for providing customer
house connections fitted with consumption meter, to all those new customers
authorized by the Nagar Parishad;
(f) Operating the river intakes, pumping stations, water treatment works and potable
water transmission pipe system to existing and proposed water reservoirs, and
the distribution pipe system from the water towers to the consumer properties;
(g) Managing the district metered areas (DMAs) and distribution network for
distributing water efficiently and minimizing non-revenue water (NRW) throughout
the Operation Service Period;
(h) Reading and calibrating the customer meters for verification of demand, supply
and system losses, supply of consumption data to the Employer to meet their
monthly billing requirements and tracking of meter readings against actual bills
raised on behalf of the Nagar Parishad;
(i) Managing the water abstraction points by maintaining required water levels and
level instrumentation, de-weeding and de-silting the intake location and
monitoring river flow levels;
(j) Maintaining the infrastructure referred to in subparagraphs (a) to (j) above;
(k) Sampling raw water at the point it enters the river intake to check whether it
meets the limits of raw water quality characteristics detailed in the Raw Water
Analysis Report provided at Section 6.4 - Supplementary Information;
(l) Sampling treated water as it leaves the water treatment works to ensure that it
meets the Potable Water Specification; and
(m) Detecting and monitoring non-revenue connections and consumption.
4.2. Standards of Operation Service:
4.2.1.The Contractor shall be responsible to undertake all the operations, maintenance
and management tasks, and activities as required in accordance with international
best practice and prudent industrial standards.
4.2.2.The Contractor shall take necessary steps to prevent water from entering the
potable water system that has not been treated to the Potable Water Specification
at the water works.
4.2.3.Non-Revenue Water Control: The Contractor shall enforce a detailed program of
activities for effective reduction and long term control of Non-Revenue Water
(NRW) in the entire water supply chain from source to Customers. This will include
detailed system pressure and flow control & monitoring, preparation of water
balances, appropriate SCADA systems, pressure management, and active leakage
control methods.
4.2.4.The network and service pipe repair, rehabilitation and replacement program
covering transmission, feeder and distribution networks shall be based on an
effective NRW monitoring activity and active leakage control. Timely and high
quality leak repair shall be supplemented by network and service pipe replacement
as needed.
4.2.5.The Contractor will make available sufficient capacity water tankers to supply
additional water services during emergencies and for special functions in line with

arrangements in place at the date of this Contract and as may be updated from time
to time as mutually agreed by the Parties.
4.3. Annual Operating Plan:
4.3.1.Within 90days before issue of Commissioning Certification, the Contractor shall
prepare an annual operating plan comprising of the operating and maintenance
strategy for maintaining operating efficiency, methodology, organization structure,
human resource plan, equipment deployment plan, environmental management
measures, responsibilities for unit operations, monitoring and emergency response,
related processes, systems, protocols, procedures including detailed costs for each
activity of operations and maintenance etc.:
4.3.2.O&M Plan will present in detail the monitoring protocol for water quality
measurement around the system. This protocol will cover the whole process from
designing the sampling regime, taking samples, testing samples, and reporting
samples. The O&M Plan will also present the on-line water quality reporting system
required to meet the Service Levels.
4.4. Emergency Response Plan
4.4.1.The Contractor shall prepare an emergency response plan (the “Emergency
Response Plan”) to manage emergencies covering,
(a) major plant failures;
(b) chemical spills;
(c) pollution;
(d) extreme weather conditions;
(e) natural disasters;
(f) accidents
(g) other similar emergencies
The emergency action plan shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review
and approval.
4.5. Maintenance requirements
4.5.1.The Contractor shall fulfil at least the following maintenance requirements,
obligations and commitments in accordance with good industry practice during the
Operation Service Period:
(a) Planned maintenance of all electro-mechanical equipment & other devices
existing, supplied, installed/erected and commissioned by the Contractor;
(b) Planned maintenance of all valves and pipeline/appurtenances/electro-
mechanical equipment and other devices supplied, installed/erected&
commissioned by the Contractor.
(c) Planned and maintenance and periodical upgrade of all computers, software and
all other electronic equipment
(d) Planned maintenance activities of all other assets in accordance with Good
Industry Practice.
(e) Provision of chemicals, consumables, and spares for minor maintenance.
4.6. Water quality surveillance program:
4.6.1.Water Quality Surveillance Program: As part of the annual O&M plan, the
Contractor shall develop a comprehensive water quality surveillance program and
monitoring protocol. This protocol will cover the whole process from designing the
sampling regime, taking samples, testing samples, and reporting samples. The
O&M Plan will also present the on-line water quality reporting system required to
meet the Service Levels monitoring The program shall be based on statutory
requirements if any as per the Applicable Law and shall comprise at least the
following:
Minimum requirements for sampling and analysis of Raw and Treated Water
Sample location Parameters Frequency

Raw water at river/lake source Complete Physical, chemical Once in a month

and biological parameters listed
in Appendix 15.4 of CPHEEO
Manual
Raw water at the inlet of each pH, Turbidity Continuously electronically
water treatment works logged online at an hourly
interval
Raw water at the inlet of each All physical and chemical Once daily
water treatment works characteristics listed in Appendix
15.3 of CPHEEO Manual
Raw water at the inlet of each Pesticides and heavy metals Once in a month
water treatment works
Treated water at the outlet of each Residual Chlorine, turbidity and Continuously electronically
water treatment works pH, logged online at an hourly
interval
Treated water at the outlet of each All physical and chemical Once daily
water treatment works characteristics listed in Appendix
Treated water at the outlet of each Bacteriological analysis listed in Once daily
water treatment works Appendix 15.5 of CPHEEO
Manual
Treated water in distribution
networks:
a) At a customer tap randomly All physical and chemical Once in a month
selected parameters listed in Appendix
b) At customer taps randomly Residual Chlorine, turbidity and One sample per each DMA
selected pH or for each 2000 customers
per week
4.7. Standard Operating Procedures

4.7.1.The Contractor shall prepare a set of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for
the management and operation of the water supply system and service delivery. An
indicative list of the procedures is provided below.
4.7.2.Policies and Procedures: The Contractor shall develop various policies and
procedures for effective and efficient service delivery which shall include but not be
limited to, the following:
(a) Emergency Response Plan (ERP);
(b) Customer Management and Communications Plan;
(c) Energy optimization program;
(d) Environmental Management Plan, including health and safety;
(e) Connections policy for all types of connections including services to the urban
poor and treatment of illegal connections;
(f) Network expansion policy;
(g) Stores and inventory management policy; and
(h) Human resource management and training policy.
4.7.3.Operating Instructions
Operating instructions and Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) shall be formulated for
each site in the water supply system comprising of process equipment schedules,
operation and maintenance data, sampling and analysis with frequencies etc. The
operating parameters shall be optimised based on the data collected on commissioning
of the facilities. All the activities in the preventive maintenance schedule shall be followed
without any lapse. Indicative functions that are expected to be performed at each site are
given below:
A. Intake Well
i. Flow measurements

ii. Selection of withdrawal level

iii. Collection and analysis of Raw Water quality from the intake well and at entry
to WTP and bringing to notice of the Employer for any abnormal variations,
as is necessary and appropriate, within reasonable time
iv. Checking operation of all pumps and valves
v. Cleaning of inlet gates and screens
vi. Maintaining requisite pressure in the raw water conveyance main
vii. Checking operations of electrical & mechanical equipment
B. Water pumping stations and transmission main
i. Check operation of all pumps
ii. Take all relevant meter readings
iii. To ensure compliance with agreed withdrawals and to bring to notice of the
Employer any excess or short withdrawal.
iv. Check operation of all valves along the transmission main
v. Flow and pressure measurement
vi. Checking operations of electrical & mechanical equipment
vii. Check the power factor and power consumption
C. Water Treatment Works
i. Test raw water samples for physical, chemical and biological quality
parameters
ii. Supervise the loading, unloading of chemicals, ensure adequate precautions
during storage, handling and maintain an inventory
iii. Prepare the chemical solution / lime slurry
iv. Conduct jar test to optimize chemical dosage
v. Inspect the operation of flocculators, clarifiers and filters
vi. Check the distribution of flows to the individual process units
vii. Take samples of influent and effluent and analyze for relevant quality
parameters, as required to comply with Law
viii. Monitor the performance of Sludge thickener and dewatering equipment
ix. Disposal of dried Sludge to the site identified by the Employer
x. Adjust chemical dosing as required.
xi. Monitor spares
xii. Flow and pressure measurement
xiii. Checking operations of electrical & mechanical equipment
D. Pumping Stations
i. Inspect the overflow devices
ii. Check operation of all pumps
iii. Take all meter readings at times of the day, as agreed with the Employer
iv. Check distribution of flows to feeder mains
v. Bring to notice of Employer any variation in drawl by each of the feeder or
distribution reservoirs, which is beyond the Contractor’s ability to control
promptly

E. Water Supply Networks

i. Take all relevant meter, flow and pressure readings
ii. Check operation of all equipment
iii. Check integrity of feeder mains and OHTs and UGRs
iv. Periodically check water meters and take readings
v. Check for Chlorine residual, flow and pressure at the Critical Measurement
Points (CMPs)
F. Non Routine Duties
In addition to the routine operational tasks in the process, the Contractor shall undertake
the following non-routine and maintenance tasks.
i. Carry out minor maintenance and repair works
ii. Emptying the tanks and inspection of the mechanism
iii. Supervise the lifting, haulage and disposal of dried Sludge
iv. Removal of submersible pumps for checking seals/glands etc.
v. Site audits and surveys
vi. Test alarms
vii. Safety and process risk assessment
viii. Budgetary inputs and assistance
G. Maintenance and Repairs
A properly designed water system shall be capable of delivering desired output at all
times. Considering that every mechanical system shall have to be given a downtime for
maintenance purposes, the Contractor shall schedule a plant downtime of one hundred
and twenty hours, on a cumulative basis in a year for the facilities in consultation with the
Employer so as to minimise disruption in services.
To ensure that the Water Treatment Works delivers desired output at all times, a proper
maintenance management plan shall be formulated, which shall have following
arrangements:
i. Routine inspection and maintenance of all equipment
ii. Planned and scheduled maintenance (preventive)
iii. Unscheduled maintenance (breakdown)
iv. Cost and budget planning
H. Routine Inspection and Maintenance of Equipment
The Contractor shall carry out routine monitoring of the equipment and ensure that the
equipment is properly maintained to meet the desired output. Typical tasks that shall be
undertaken are:
I. Mechanical
(a) Checking the lubrication and necessary follow-up
(b) Replacing of glands that are leaking
(c) Servicing as per supplier’s instructions
(d) Stripping down of pumps to observe clogging if any
(e) Checking for unusual vibrations and noise
II. Electrical

(a) Checking electrical contacts and wiring

(b) Checking motor heating and noise level
(c) Assessing efficiency of electrical equipment
III. Instrumentation
(a) Cleaning and calibration of probe / sensors
(b) Fault diagnosis
These maintenance tasks shall be issued on a weekly basis through computer aided
management system and the Contractor shall incorporate it in operating work schedule.
All observations shall be recorded in the properly designed record system and would be
analysed for initiating corrective actions, if any.
I. Planned and Scheduled Maintenance (Preventive)
A work schedule chart listing identification of critical equipment, work assignment, timing
shall be prepared. Critical equipment is defined as those items where failure would
adversely affect the quality and quantity of output or those that risk the safety of
employees or customers. The schedule shall identify the responsible person / agency
who shall be intended to complete the task e.g. in - house technician or specialist
contractor etc.
The overall yearly plan schedule shall be issued to all parties to enable forward planning
of anticipated manpower requirement and equipment down time. The chart given in
Table 1 gives indicative maintenance schedule of the various equipment provided in the
project. This would be finalized during the preparation of the comprehensive manual.
J. Breakdown Maintenance
The aim of routine and preventive maintenance is to keep breakdown to minimum for
items of critical equipment which shall directly affect the performance of treatment
processes. However certain breakdown may occur in spite of proper maintenance. The
Contractor shall take the breakdown maintenance on a top priority to keep disruption to
the systems at a minimum level.
The process controller shall have an option to call other available staff and also the
services of the local skilled contractors should the breakdown occur.
K. Spare Parts
The Contractor shall store spares of all the critical equipment on respective Sites and the
inventory shall be assessed according to anticipated usage and in conformity with Annual
Operating and Maintenance Plan. The Contractor shall make available specialised
spares to the contracted service firms as necessary.
The Contractor shall obtain consumable items required for maintenance e.g. grease,
gaskets etc. from local suppliers, as and when required.
L. Maintenance Reports
To assist the Contractor in the management of the maintenance activities, a Computer
Aided Maintenance Management (CAMM) shall be implemented by the Contractor which
shall be integrated with the Management Information System. Appropriate proprietary
CAMM packages shall be utilised by the Contractor for maintenance purposes. This
package shall incorporate features such as Facility details, maintenance history records

and scheduling of maintenance activities. The use of such package shall allow the
Contractor to predict when the maintenance activities shall need to be carried out.
Record of maintenance jobs carried out shall be reported in the record system, which
shall provide the Employer the past history, time and cost involved for each category.
The report shall include:
i. Details of number of jobs completed
ii. Frequency of breakdown, time required repairing and costs involved.
iii. Personnel involved / contractors used
Input data along with the base data and license, if assignable, would be made available
to the Employer.
4.8. Laboratory
A laboratory equipped to perform all water quality surveillance, sampling, testing and
analysis as required under this contract is to be set up within the Water Works area. The
minimum key equipment including glassware and instruments including the consumables
shall be provided in compliance to the requirements specified by the Manual on Water
Supply and Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development.
4.9. Workshop
A standard workshop with key mechanical equipment, tools, plants etc shall be
established within the Water Works area for facilitating on site repair or reconditioning of
all critical mechanical and electrical installations as necessary to ensure lowest possible
downtime of uninterrupted operations of the water services.

Table 1 : Chart Indicating Preventive Maintenance Schedule

Sr. No. Items Job Minimum Inspection Frequency
1 All pump sets Checking of stuffing box gland Semi Annual
Cleaning and oiling gland bolts Semi Annual
Inspection of packing and replacement if required Semi Annual
Checking of alignment with pump driver and correction Semi Annual
Draining and refilling of oil from oil lubricant bearing Semi Annual
Checking of grease lubricant bearing Semi Annual
Removing, cleaning and examining the bearings Annual
Cleaning of bearing houses Annual
Oiling / greasing of bearings Annual
2 Mixers / Aerators Inspect for mechanical integrity Once in 3 months

Check the oil level in gear box Once in 3 months
Check the alignment with the driver Once in 6 months
Inspect gear and check for backlash Once in a year
Tighten motor and gear bolts Once in a year
Grease and align motor coupling Once in a year
3 Clarifier/Thickener/Mechanism Inspect for mechanical integrity Once in 3 months

Check the oil level in gear box Once in 3 months
Check the alignment with the driver Once in 6 months
Inspect gear and check for backlash Once in a year
Tighten motor and gear bolts Once in a year
Grease and align motor coupling Once in a year
Check chain drives for alignment and tightness Once in 6 months
Change lubricant in chain drive system Once in 6 months
4 Flow meter & Measuring devices Testing and calibration Once a year

5. COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Contractor’s role:
5.1.1.The Contractor acknowledges that it will, from the completion of Commissioning
Period have full responsibility for billing in the Service Area for and on behalf of
the Nagar Parishad, which will be on a monthly basis unless agreed otherwise
with the Nagar Parishad.
5.1.2.From the commencement of Operation Service and upon introduction of a water
charging regime in accordance to the Obligations of Nagar Parishad and up to
the Contract Completion Date the Contractor shall be responsible for all
commercial services including meter reading, billing of revenues for water
consumption. All bills will be processed, printed, collated, distributed and
handled by the Contractor on behalf of and as an agent of the Nagar Parishad.
All revenues shall be invoiced in the name of Nagar Parishad and paid to the
dedicated revenue account established by the Nagar Parishad.
5.1.3.The Employer and Nagar Parishad either individually or collectively shall have
full and unrestricted access to the billing software, all current and historical
billing data and the consumer service centers operated and managed by the
Contractor upon request. All reasonable requests for data and analysis from the
billing data system shall not be unreasonably refused by the Contractor.
5.1.4.The Contractor shall develop procedures consistent with the connection policy
of Nagar Parishad for:
(a) (i) sanctioning new service connections, (ii) change of ownership for existing
connections (iii) division of existing connections consequent to division of
property, (iv) disconnections in case of defaulting Customers and (v)
reconnections and (vi) dealing with the un-authorized or illegal connections;
(b) preparing, issuing, and collecting a bill for water service for every customer, and
dealing with under-payment or non-payment; including reporting all outstanding
accounts to the Nagar Parishad every two months;
(c) the issuance of dummy volumetric bills for a period of [three (3)] months during
commissioning period and another [three (3) months] from commencement of
Operation Service Period to allow customers to understand the implications of
volumetric charging and to undertake improvements to internal plumbing for
prevention of leakage or overflows or wastage; and
(d) (i) meter reading procedures and arrangements, (ii) meter reader control (iii)
efficient and accurate meter reading practices (iii) respond to reports of
malfunctioning meters from customers (iv) testing and calibrating meters as
required (v) replacing old, malfunctioning or low accuracy meters (vi) replacing all
meters older than ten (10) years and of metrological class lower than Class B;
and (iv) how water consumption is estimated for un-metered Customers if any.
5.1.5.The Contractor shall develop plan to undertake spot billing at the customer
property through a portable, battery powered, hand-held, electronic meter
reading collection and data storage device, complete with the interface to the
proposed billing software.

5.1.6.The Contractor shall develop detailed revenue collection procedures, and plans
for establishing facilities for achieving the prescribed level of revenue collection
efficiency such as billing offices or through Banks and electronic transfers.
5.2. Customer Metering:
5.2.1.The Contractor shall develop a plan to install a water meter at every stand-post
or other service connection supplying water public and municipal buildings or
property directly connected to the public network or fed from a storage tank
filled from the public network and to replace all faucets on stand-posts with self-
closing taps.
5.2.2.The Contractor shall develop standard designs for installing approved water
meters in a lockable box on the connection pipe to every connected property at
the external side of the wall of the main building (within the compound, if a
compound wall exists, or at a safe and convenient location if there is no
compound wall) where the connection enters the building.
5.2.3.Meter Reading: The Contractor shall:
(a) Read all consumer water meters in accordance with the general instructions
of Nagar Parishad;
(b) Register all consumer water meter readings in the appropriate computer data
base;
(c) Develop a monitoring program of random spot-checks to ensure the accuracy
of the meters and the meter reading process and provide written reports to
Nagar Parishad on the results;
(d) Develop and implement a plan the intent of which is to ensure that:
i. all consumer meters are accurate,
ii. all consumer meters are read,
iii. all consumer meters are in suitable locations,
iv. problems related to unprotected and unsealed consumer revenue
meters are resolved,
v. develop and implement a program to estimate consumption in
circumstances where metering problems exist, and
vi. provide advice as to methods to improve the meter reading process
to ensure greater accuracy;
(e) Convert all consumer revenue meter readings to billings to Customers;
(f) Identify consumer revenue meters which have not been read; and
(g) Respond to reports of malfunctioning consumer revenue meters from
Customers.
5.2.4.Meter accuracy: If at any time either Party or customer has reasonable grounds
to suspect that any water meter is not accurate in any respect, the discrepancy
or suspected discrepancy shall be immediately reported to the other Party in
writing along with any evidence in support of such claim and the Contractor
shall arrange for either the testing of the relevant meter at any accredited meter
testing workshop if available.

5.2.5.The cost of all testing of the water meters other than the electricity meters shall
be borne by the Contractor except in the case of testing carried out at the
instigation of the Employer or Consumer which shall only be borne by the
Contractor if such testing reveals the relevant meter to be inaccurate by more
than [3] %, and otherwise by the Employer or Consumer if within such accuracy
standards.
5.3. Deleted
5.4. New Connections/Network Expansions during Operation Service Period:
5.4.1.The Contractor shall provide new connections to prospective Customers where
the property owner or resident applies to the Nagar Parishad for a new
connection and the Nagar Parishad authorizes the same. The Nagar Parishad
shall indicate clearly whether the applicant is eligible for subsidy or not.
5.4.2.When the Contractor provides a new connection, or replaces an illegal
connection, the costs of providing the new connection (including material,
labour, road cutting and restoration) shall be paid by the Nagar Parishad from
out of the connections charges collected for such purpose and the Contractor
shall inform the Nagar Parishad when the connection is completed. The
standard cost will be agreed between the Nagar Parishad and the Contractor
annually and will reflect the average cost of providing such connection. The
Nagar Parishad will transfer, quarterly, the sum of the standard costs for
subsidized connections sanctioned and provided over the previous quarter.
5.5. Customer Relations:
5.5.1. The Contractor will provide Services to every Customer in the Service Area in
accordance the connection policy of the Nagar Parishad.
5.5.2.The Contractor shall ensure that Customers throughout the Service Area have
easy access to information from the Contractor and are able to lodge
complaints with it. The Contractor is obliged to display prominently a schedule
of tariffs and details of how to contact the Contractor and file complaints at
Customer Service Centres and on Nagar Parishad website.
5.5.3.The Contractor shall record all complaints from Customers and shall report to
the Nagar Parishad and respond to complaints.
5.6. Defaulting Customers:
5.6.1.In the event a Customer has outstanding dues in excess of the permitted period
as per the Nagar Parishad’s connection policy from the due date, the Contractor
shall take the steps authorized by the Nagar Parishad’s tariff policy and bye
laws for collecting the unpaid revenue.
5.6.2.On the first day of each month, the Contractor will submit to the Nagar Parishad
a list of Customers whose payment has been in default for beyond the permitted
period and above and the amounts that are outstanding. On receipt of such
notice the Nagar Parishad will issue a “notice of disconnection” to the Customer
in default within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of such report from the
Contractor.

5.6.3.If the Customer has not paid all the outstanding dues within fifteen (15) days of
receipt of such notice, the Nagar Parishad will instruct the Contractor to
disconnect the defaulting Customers’ connection on the Nagar Parishad’s
behalf. On receipt of such instruction, the Contractor shall organize for
disconnecting the Customer’s connection in the presence of Nagar Parishad
staff and classify the Customer as a disconnected customer in the customer
database.
5.6.4.If the Nagar Parishad has not issued an instruction to the Contractor within the
specified duration, or if the Nagar Parishad has issued an instruction to the
Contractor to continue the supply to the defaulting customer, the Contractor will
continue with supply to the Customer. The amounts billed to the Customer and
revenues collected in respect of such bills, after the specified duration or after
receipt of instruction to continue supply, shall not be considered in the
calculation of Revenue Collection Efficiency of the Contractor.
5.6.5.The Contractor along with the monthly report will also submit a list of customers
in respect of whom the Nagar Parishad has not issued an instruction to
disconnect, or has issued an instruction to continue supply, the respective
amounts billed, collected and uncollected from them.
5.6.6.The amounts that remain due from such Customer shall be treated as “bad
debts” in accordance with this Agreement. The Contractor shall give a notice to
the Nagar Parishad of the amount due, with a copy to Employer and the project
management consultant. Upon receipt of such notice, the Nagar Parishad, on
confirmation of the project management consultant of the shortfall, shall deposit
in the dedicated revenue account the shortfall amount set forth promptly and in
any event no later than thirty (30) days from when such monies would first fall
due to the Contractor.
5.6.7.A disconnected Customer may apply to the Nagar Parishad for a reconnection
as a regular Customer.
5.6.8.Unauthorised or illegal connections: On detection of unauthorized or illegal
connection during the Contract period, the Contractor will submit to the Nagar
Parishad a list of Customers with unauthorised or illegal connections. On receipt
of such notice the Nagar Parishad will issue a “notice of disconnection” to the
owner of the connection in default within fifteen (15) days of receipt of such
report from the Contractor.
5.6.9.If the Customer has not applied for regularization of the connection within fifteen
(15) days of receipt of such notice, the Nagar Parishad will instruct the
Contractor to disconnect the illegal/unauthorized connection. On receipt of such
instruction, the Contractor shall disconnect the illegal/unauthorized connection.
5.6.10. If the Nagar Parishad has not issued an instruction to the Contractor within
the specified duration, the Contractor will continue with supply to the
illegal/unauthorized connection. The estimated quantity of water supplied to the
connection shall not be considered in the calculation of NRW.

6. TRAINING
6.1. Training of Nagar Parishad Staff
6.1.1.The Contractor shall plan and develop the course content, and implement on-
the-job and classroom based training, for Nagar Parishad staff for at least 30
person days per year commencing from the Operating Service. Within 365 days
from the Contract Completion Date, the Contractor shall organize training for
identified shadow managers from amongst the Nagar Parishad staff in
technical, commercial and financial aspects of water services provision to
enable the Nagar Parishad to build sufficient capacity and skills to manage the
water services after the Contract Completion Date. Commencing from 90 days
before the Contract Completion Date, the successor managers either from
Nagar Parishad or from a future Contractor will overlap and co-manage the
operations to ensure continuity in service delivery.
7. ASSET REPLACEMENT DURING OPERATION SERVICE PERIOD

7.1. Replacement Schedule for Equipment
The Contractor shall follow scheduled replacement and/or upgradation of the equipment as
per the schedule given below.
Table 7.1 Upgradation or Replacement Schedule for Equipment
Item Scheduled Replacement
Bulk meters Once in 10 years or as necessary
Customer meters Once in 7 years or as necessary
Motors for pumps Once in 12 years or as necessary
Dosing pumps Once in 6 years or as necessary
Centrifugal and submersible pumps Once in 15 years or as necessary
Computers, printers and networking Once in 3 years or as necessary
equipment
Software Continuous timely upgrade including regular
upgradation of anti-virus and protection
software
Instrumentation Once in 3 years or as necessary
Painting of civil and mechanical structures Once in 3 years or as necessary

8. HEALTH AND SAFETY

8.1. Safety and Security
8.1.1.Accident Prevention Officer: The Contractor shall, at all times, have a
nominated Accident Prevention Officer responsible for safety precautions at the
Works. The Accident Prevention Officer shall be properly qualified and
experienced in wastewater treatment safety matters. The Contractor shall notify
the Employer of the identity of the Accident Prevention Officer.
The responsibilities of the Accident Prevention Officer shall include:
(a) safety training
(b) safety inspections, and
(c) promoting good safety practice
(d) investigation of accidents and health and safety breaches.
(e) the inspection and maintenance of fixed and portable fire protection equipment.
8.2. Health and safety procedures
The Contractor shall, no later than one month prior to the Commencement to the Operation
Service submit to the Employer’s Representative for review and consent, written health and
safety procedures (the "Health and Safety Manual") covering all aspects of the operation and
maintenance of the Works, including (but limited to):
(a) Health and safety procedures for the Works
(b) Use of, storage of, safety arrangements, and evacuation procedures in connection
with chlorine and chemical facilities.
(c) Fire hazard inspection procedures
The Health and Safety Manual shall be updated on an annual basis. A copy of the Health
and Safety Manual shall be kept on the site at all times.
The Contractor shall:
i. Ensure that its operating procedures follow good health and safety practice;
ii. Ensure that the Works is maintained at all times in a safe condition.
iii. Train all its staff on health and safety issues in accordance with the Health and Safety
Manual and the Staff Training Plan;
iv. Provide for all staff and visitors the necessary protective and safety equipment and
clothing.
v. Provide all necessary safety and first aid equipment.
8.3. Security
In order to protect property, materials and facilities against unauthorised entry and
trespassing, theft, destruction, damage, sabotage, embezzlement, fraud and other dishonest,
illegal or criminal acts during the Operation Service Period, a security programme shall be
prepared, implemented and maintained. The security plan shall be subject to review and
comment by the Employer’s Representative.

9. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
9.1. Periodical Reports
9.1.1.The Contractor shall prepare and submit periodic reports on different plans,
progress of works, Service Levels etc., including exceptional reports on
emergencies if any. The reporting requirements are provided in Table 8.1
below. The Contractor shall as part of the SIP develop the required formats for
the periodic reports and also identify any critical reporting requirements in order
to enable timely decision making by the Employer and Nagar Parishad.
Table 9.1: Summary of Periodic Reporting Requirements

Deliverable First Report Follow-up Tasks
Service Improvement Plan Submit Final SIP not later Not applicable
(SIP) than 120 days from the
Commencement Date
Standard Operating Submit report not later than Complete implementation and
Procedures (SOPs) 300 days from the training within 547 days from
Commencement Date the Commencement Date
O&M manuals Submit O&M manuals for all
relevant operations and
installations within 28 days
before commencement of
Commissioning Period
Annual operating plan Submit annual operating plan Submit AOP for subsequent
(AOP) (AOP) not later than 300 days years not later than 90 days
from the Commencement prior to end of previous year
Date as part of SIP plan
Health and safety manual Submit along with SIP and
update as part of annual
operating plan
Updated IEE, EMP, RP As part of SIP and as part of
and IPP AOP
Management Information Submit report not later than Complete implementation and
Systems (MIS) 90 days after Contract training within 547 days from
Commencement Date the Commencement Date
Monthly Progress Report Submit report on or before Repeat for every month and a
on the implementation of 10th day of every month consolidated report for every
SIP during the Design- detailing the progress quarter to be submitted to
Build Period achieved during the previous ADB
month
Operating performance Submit OPR for any and Repeat every month
report (OPR); the OPR every month before the 10th
shall include: monthly day of subsequent month
water account with details commencing from the
of production, distribution commencement of Operation
and sales; revenue Period
collection; Service Levels
achieved or maintained
during the month;
exceptional reports on
emergencies; financial
information on project
cash flows, etc.

Deliverable First Report Follow-up Tasks

Quarterly performance Submit quarterly performance Repeat for every quarter
report (QPR); the QPR report for any and every including summary analysis
shall include a brief quarter before 20th day of of unpaid bills
summary of the relevant subsequent quarter
issues detailed in the commencing from the date of
monthly operating issue of Commissioning
performance including a Certificate
summary analysis of
unpaid bills
Annual performance report Submit annual performance Repeat for every year
(APR); the APR shall report for any and every year
include the annual before 20th day of subsequent
accounts, cash flow, and year
financial performance
including summary
analysis of unpaid bills
Asset and Facilities Submit Asset and Facilities Submit updated Asset and
Register Register within 300 days from Facilities Register before 30th
the Commencement Date day from the completion of an
operating year

10. CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT

10.1. Contractor’s Personnel:
10.1.1. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Contractor shall make
arrangements for the engagement of all the Contractor’s Personnel in
accordance with Applicable Laws. The Contractor is encouraged, to the extent
practicable and reasonable, to employ staff and labour having appropriate
qualifications and experience from the State of Madhya Pradesh and within
India.
10.1.2. The Contractor shall provide all expertise, staffing and labour necessary for
the continuous and efficient performance of Works.
10.1.3. Before the end of the Commissioning Tests, the Contractor shall submit to
the Employer’s Representative, for review and approval, a detailed programme
for Operation and Maintenance of the Works. This shall include an organisation
chart with the number of, and job descriptions for, each grade of staff up to and
including the general manager.
10.1.4. The Contractor shall ensure that its staff possess the necessary qualifications
and abilities to undertake their assigned tasks, and shall substitute its staff
within three months after being requested by the Employer’s Representative.
10.1.5. The Contractor shall pay wages, and observe conditions of labour in
accordance with Applicable Laws.
10.1.6. The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about their liability to
pay personal income taxes in respect of such of their salaries, wages,
allowances and any benefits as are subject to tax under the Applicable Laws of
India for the time being in force, and the Contractor shall perform such duties in
regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on it by such Applicable
Laws.
10.1.7. The Contractor shall comply with all labour and other Laws applicable to the
Contractor’s Personnel, including Applicable Laws relating to their employment,
health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all
their legal rights.
10.1.8. The Contractor shall require the Contractor’s Personnel to obey all Applicable
Laws, including those concerning safety at work
10.1.9. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be appropriately qualified, skilled and
experienced in their respective trades or occupations. The Nagar Parishad may
require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) any person
employed under the Contract, who:
(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care,
(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently,
(c) is determined, based on reasonable evidence to have engaged or be
engaging in corrupt, fraudulent or coercive practice during the Agreement,
(d) fails to conform with any provisions of the Agreement, or
(e) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the
protection of the environment.

In such a case the Contractor shall then appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable
replacement person.
10.1.10. The Contractor shall not be eligible for any additional payment
towards the cost of personnel deployed from time to time and all cost of
personnel shall be part of O&M fee to be paid to the Contractor only.
10.1.11. The minimum requirements for the Contractor’s key personnel shall
be following.
Table 10.1.10 Personnel Requirements
Using Form PER-1 and PER-2 in Section 4 (Bidding Forms), the Bidder must demonstrate it
has personnel that meet the following requirements:
Position Nos. Minimum Minimum Minimum practical experience
Professional/A years’
cademic (specific)
Qualifications experience
Design-Build Period
Project 1/Package Graduate 10 (5) Managing at least one water supply system of
Manager Engineer or similar size to the bid. Proven experience in
Professional construction management, contract management
Equivalent and quality control in construction of water supply
projects preferably in laying and commissioning
of network pipe lines.
Constructio 1/Package Graduate 7 (5) Experience in construction of urban infrastructure
n Manager/ (Civil) Engineer similar size to bid. Proven experience in
Senior construction management and quality control
Engineer
Site/QA-QC 2 to 3/ULB Graduate/ 3/5 Experience in construction supervision and
Engineers Diploma (Civil) quality control of water supply/sewerage works.
Engineer (one for pipeline work at every 100 Km+ one for
structures)
Safety/ 1/ULB Diploma in 3 (1) Experience in safety and Hazard Management at
Accident Safety site and Knowledge of safety equipment and its
prevention Management use.
Officer or equivalent
Operation Service Period
Operations 1/Package Graduate 5 (2) Operations manager of any utility industry of
manager Engineer or similar size to the bid. Prior experience of at least
Professional two (2) years in operations and maintenance of
Equivalent
any water supply system is essential.
Proven skills and experience in the following
areas are required:
 Production planning and demand
management
 Distribution planning and service delivery
 Customer management and public
relations
 Human resource management
 Management information systems
 Standard Operating Procedures and
 Emergency response
Accounts/Fi 1/Package B Com or 5 (2) Preferred experience in any utility financial

Position Nos. Minimum Minimum Minimum practical experience

Professional/A years’
cademic (specific)
Qualifications experience
nance Graduate in management with demonstrated experience in:
Assistant Management  Financial planning and preparation of
budgets
 Business planning, forecasting and
regular financial monitoring
 Procurement and investment planning
 Financial management and cost control
 Tax planning and compliance
 Public finance and statutory compliance
DMA / 1/ULB Engineer or 5 (2) Network/Leakage Engineer of at least one
Network Professional system of similar size to the bid with
Engineer Equivalent demonstrated experience in the design and
implementation of leakage reduction schemes.
Proven experience and skills in the following is
important:
 Network management
 Flow and pressure management
 Data logging and processing,
management and monitoring
 Leak detection and repair
Customer 1/ULB Engineer or 5 (2) Commercial Manager of any utility or service
Service professional industry at least one system of similar size to the
Manager equivalent bid with demonstrated experience in customer
service management
 Preparation and delivery of bills
 Customer call and complaint
management
 Public relations and communications
10.1.12. Uniforms and Logos: The Contractor will ensure that all uniforms worn by
Contractor’s Personnel and all vehicles used by the Contractor in the course of
exercising its duties under this Agreement carry the respective Nagar Parishad logo
and Contractor’s logo, in a format to be agreed between the Contractor and Nagar
Parishad.
10.1.13. Staff training: The Contractor shall prepare and implement a staff training
plan for the training of the Contractor’s Personnel. The staff training plan shall be
submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review and comment.
10.1.14. The quality, quantity and effectiveness of the Contractor’s training
programmes shall form part of the audit of the Contractor’s performance undertaken by
the Independent Auditing Body.
10.1.15. The Contractor shall provide familiarity training on an as-needed basis to
nominated members of the Employer’s Representative’s supervisory staff covering the
design, operation and maintenance of the Works and the Contractor’s procedures for
reporting and quality control.
10.2. Contractor’s Equipment:

10.2.1. The Contractor shall ensure continuous and timely availability all necessary vehicles,
equipment required for ensuring effective and efficient Services during Design-Build
and Operation Period. The Contractor shall not be eligible for separate payment
towards the equipment deployed from time to time.
10.3. Replacement of Contractor’s Equipment
10.3.1. Any equipment, materials and spares which are itemised in the BoQ and measured
and paid for by the Employer shall belong to the Nagar Parishad and may be eligible for
replacement in accordance to the Asset Replacement Schedule subject to the
provisions of GC 14.5 and GC14.18. The Contractor’s construction equipment, used
for the execution and completion of the works, shall be classified as Contractor’s
Equipment under GC 1.1.18. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Employer nor the
Nagar Parishad shall have any right of ownership over Contractor’s Equipment. The
Contractor shall not be eligible for any additional payment towards the cost of
equipment deployed from time to time and all cost of equipment, software, upgrade etc
shall be part of O&M fee to be paid to the Contractor only.
10.3.2. The minimum equipment required for operations is provided in the following table.
Table 10.3.2.1
Minimum Equipment to be deployed during Design Build Period.
No. Equipment Type and Characteristics Quantity

1 Excavator 4
2 Concrete batch mix plant 4
3 Transit mixers 8
Field test facilities for testing fineness, consistency, setting time
compressive & tensile strength of cement compressive & flexural
strength of cement concrete and proof stress, elongation, tensile
4 strength, bending & re-bending of reinforcement steel 4
5 Concrete mixer with hopper 8
6 Road roller (tandem/vibratory) 4
7 Needle/ plate vibrator 4
8 Tipper lorries 4
9 Total station survey equipment set 4
10 HDPE Pipe welding sets with weld data loggers 8
11 Water tanker (with sprinkling arrangements) 4
Table 10.3.2.2
Minimum Equipment to be deployed during Operating Service Period.
S.No Equipment Unit Quantity
2.1.1 Computers and Printers
(a) Server Computer Nos. 4
(b) Desktop Computers Nos. 20
(c) Bulk Printer Nos. 4
(d) Desktop Printer for routine printing Nos. 4
(e) Handheld Billing Printers for spot billing Nos. 20
2.1.2 Software
(a) MS Office latest version Nos. 8
(b) AutoCAD latest version Nos. 4

S.No Equipment Unit Quantity

(c) Maintenance Management System latest version Nos. 4
2.1.3 Customer Service Centres – 1 nos at the
respective Nagar Parishad office
(a) Tables Nos. 8
(b) Chairs Nos. 20
(c) Interiors Nos. 4
(d) Communications, telephones, internet Nos. 4
(e) Networking Costs Nos. 4
(f) Toilet Nos. 4
(g) Sign Boards, Leaflets Set 4
2.1.4 Equipment
(a) Leak detection ground phones Nos. 8
(b) Electronic Pipe locaters Nos. 4
(c) Air Compressor + Jack hammer Nos. 4
(d) HDPE Pipe Welding Sets Nos. 4
(e) Mobile Generator Nos. 4
(f) Dewatering pumps Nos. 4
(g) Ultrasonic Portable Flow meter Nos. 4
2.1.5 Transport
(a) Multi-utility 4x4 truck Nos. 4
(b) Water Tankers 5000 litres capacity Nos. 4
(c) Car for Operational Manager Nos 4
(d) Multi-utility 4x4 pick up Nos 4
(e) Motorable transport for operational staff Nos As required

11. SERVICE LEVELS

11.1. Minimum service levels
The Service Levels and measurement framework governing the period of the Contract during the
Operation Service Period shall be as detailed below.
Table 10. 1 Service Levels during Operation Service Period
S.No. Description Details
1. Parameter Continuity and pressurized Water Supply
Service Level No DMA shall have more than one (1) incident or interruption, as defined
below, in the quarter under review.
Water shall be supplied continuously at a minimum pressure of 10m, 24
hours a day and for 365 days in a year. No more than one incident
allowed per quarter, [four incidents per year] in each DMA.
An incident occurs when either of the following two situations occurs:
1. Pressure at the critical measurement point is continuously
between 2m and 10m for a period exceeding 12 hours (If this situation
continues beyond 24 hours it would be considered a new incident, and
similarly for every 24hour period thereafter until the incident is resolved).
2. Pressure at the measurement point is continuously below 2m for
a period exceeding 3 hours. (If this situation continues beyond 12hours it
would be considered a new incident, and similarly for every 12hour period
thereafter until the incident is resolved).
Measured By Data derived from analysis of pressure data log recorded at the agreed
critical measurement point in each DMA during the quarter under review.
Monitored By An electronic registry maintained by the Contractor shall include
i. Time, date and pressure
ii. CMP identification number
iii. Digital analytical output on number of incidents
Allowable iv. Planned maintenance periods not exceeding 12 hours each with
Exclusions customers notified 48hours in advance and not exceeding four
such interruptions in a year
v. Events not related to the water supply infrastructure including
power failure, fire-fighting, and shortage of source water
Performance For each incident of supply interruption lasting more than allowable
Damage duration a Performance Damage at Rs.2500 shall be deducted from
the payments for Operation Service
2. Parameter Resolution of Complaints
Minimum 90% of complaints should be resolved within the time period provided for
Service Level respective category of complaint.
Complaints to be resolved within 12 hours: Complaints related to water
quality, no water
Complaints to be resolved within 24 hours: Complaints related to low
pressure, leaks in HSCs
Complaints to be resolved within 7 days: Complaints related to delay in
providing connection, meter not working properly, delay/errors/problems
in billing and collection, change in customer database, reconnection,
temporary disconnection, arrears, other complaints connected to
customer database, billing or collection.
Measured By Percentage of total number of complaints resolved within the respective
quarter divided by the total number of complaints received during the
quarter under review.
Monitored By An electronic registry maintained by the Contractor, the registry shall
include detailed database and summary tables including:
 Time and date
 Complaint number
 Mode of receipt of complaint


 Customer name
 Customer identification number
 DMA number
 Nature of complaint
 Action taken report
 Time and date of resolution of complaint
 Specified time period for resolution and actual time period for
resolution
 Time and date at which Customer is provided with response
 Status of resolution, if pending
Allowable None
Exclusions
Performance For each complaint not resolved in the stipulated type a Performance
Damage Damage at Rs.25 shall be recovered from the payments for Operation
Service
3. Parameter Treated water quality at the outlet of water treatment works

Minimum 98% samples collected at the outlet of treatment plants, immediately after
Service Level the process of disinfection shall conform to the standards prescribed in
the Potable Water Specification.
Measured By For the quarter under review, percentage of number of samples tested
and conforming to water quality standards prescribed divided by the total
number of samples collected and tested as per the agreed sampling
protocol.
Uncollected samples shall be deemed to be non-conforming.
Monitored By An electronic registry maintained by the Contractor; the registry shall
include detailed database and summary tables to be maintained as part
of the water quality surveillance protocols agreed as part of the Agreed
SIP which will conform to applicable water quality regulations.
The water quality testing database shall include:
 Time and date
 Samples to be collected as per protocol, samples actually collected
 Sample location
 Sample number
 Details of water quality tests conducted
 Details of remedial actions taken in case of water quality problem
 Time and date of stoppage and resumption of service level
Allowable Deterioration in raw water quality in excess of historically observed values
Exclusions documented in the SIP which cannot be treated by the water treatment
plant.
Failure in electricity supply to water treatment plants which trigger bye
pass arrangements with adequate prior notice.
Performance For each episode of non-compliance of water quality, a Performance
Damage Damage of Rs.5000 shall be recovered from payments for Operation
Service
4. Parameter Treated water quality at customer taps
Service Level 95% samples conforming to the permissible level of residual chlorine to
be maintained, other than where the Emergency Response Plan is
triggered.
Measured By Percentage of number of samples from Customer taps tested and
conforming to residual chlorine levels divided by the total number of
samples from Customer taps tested for residual chlorine as per the
agreed sampling protocol.
Monitored By An electronic registry maintained by the Contractor; the registry shall
include detailed database and summary tables to be maintained as part
of the water quality surveillance protocols agreed as part of the Agreed
SIP.
The water quality testing database shall include:


 Time and date
 Sample location (Customer Identification Number)
 Sample number
 Details of water quality tests conducted including the results of tests.
 Details of remedial actions taken in case of water quality problem
 Time and date of resumption of service level
Performance For each episode of non-compliance of water quality at customer tap, a
Damage Performance Damage at Rs.50 shall be recovered from payments for
Operation Service
11.2. Non-Revenue Water Maintenance Clauses- O&M Period
Throughout the maintenance period the contractor is required to deliver the specified water supply
services (flow, pressure and quality), maintain the water supply network and also to maintain non-
revenue water (NRW) below 15%. Maintaining NRW forms one of the contractor’s performance
outcomes. The methodology for the periodic calculation of NRW is not included in this section.
Within its overall maintenance responsibility, the Contractor is required to undertake the following
NRW maintenance activities. The undertaking of these NRW maintenance activities is essential if
NRW is to be truly maintained below 15%. The Contractor will be required to report on the NRW
maintenance activities undertaken in its monthly report.
1. Ensure that all meters are read monthly and that the data is accurately recorded in a
consumer meter reading database (or consumer billing system). Both current and historic
meter reads are to be retained.
Meters are to be read using a hand-held electronic device and the data is to be uploaded into the
meter reading database within two days of being read. When uploaded the data is to be compared to
previously recorded meter reading data and readings that are outside of a ten percent envelope of
what would be expected are to be flagged for investigation. A work order is to be raised for each
investigation. When executed the results of the investigation and any ensuing actions are to be
recorded in the maintenance management system and the meter reading database.
If a meter is unable to be read this fact is to be noted and a work order issued to address the
problem. The required action may be to relocate the meter to a place where is can be easily read, or
to improve access to the existing meter. Once the problem is rectified the meter is to be read and the
reading uploaded into the meter reading database. An estimate is to be made of the water used
between the last successful meter reading and this new meter read and stored in the meter reading
database. In extreme cases where a meter cannot be read despite persistent attempts to do so a new
property connection may need to be installed or alternatively an AMR meter installed. In these latter
two cases these will require the approval of the Employer and will be to the cost of the Employer.
Meters are read monthly and where meters are read throughout a month in a cyclical manner
successive meter reads must be undertaken within a window of twenty days to forty days from the
previous meter reads.
2. Ensure all property connections are metered.
The Contractor is to inspect all distribution pipelines every 2 years by walking the pipeline routes.
During these inspections the Contractor is to carry a list of properties being provided with water in
electronic form. The Contractor is to randomly examine at least 50% of the above ground
components of the property connections to these properties and note any that do not have a meter,
any that have a non-functioning meter and any that have a bypassed meter. Subsequently the
Contractor is to raise a work order to address the problem (install a meter, replace a meter or
reconnect the meter) within two days of identifying the missing meter. The Contractor is to ensure the
action taken is recorded in the meter reading database and the work order is closed in the
maintenance management system.
3. Ensure there are no unauthorised connections.
The Contractor is to inspect all distribution pipelines every 2 years by walking the pipeline
routes. During these inspections the Contractor is to carry a list of properties being

provided with water in electronic form. The Contractor is to randomly examine at least
50% of the above ground components of the property connections to all properties and
(1) note any that are not on the list of properties being supplied with water, (2) note any
that have a meter bypass pipe installed, and (3) note any that are not on the list of
authorised connections. These are to be referred to the Engineer for resolution.
Resolution options may include (1) removal of the connection, (2) authorising the
connection and installing a meter, (3) repairing the existing connection, or (4)
reconnecting a bypassed meter. The Contractor is to raise a work order for any of these
actions and ensure the problem is rectified within two days of receiving an authority from
the Engineer to proceed. The Contractor is to ensure each new meter, new property
connection, or meter reconnection is recorded in the meter reading database and the
work order is closed in the maintenance management system.
4. Only use electronic means to collect, store and transfer data.
Meter reading data is to be collected using a hand-held device and the collected data
transferred by electronic means to the meter reading database. Any data transfers
between business systems are also to be undertaken electronically. The stored electronic
data is to be made secure from external or illegal access and backed up on a daily basis.
The recording of data in paper form is not permitted. Data recording, data storage and
data back-up are to be supported by an uninterrupted power supply.
5. Ensure meters are sampled and tested.
Meters are to be sampled and tested in accordance with the Indian metering standard
BIS IS 779:1994 (R2004) Specification for Water Meters (domestic type) as per number
to be sampled and frequency of sampling. Each meter testing must have its own work
order for job tracking and reporting purposes. Meters are to be removed for sending to a
testing laboratory and a new meter installed in its place. Meter readings of both the old
and new meters are to be taken at the time of the changeover of the meter and recorded
in the meter reading database. The results of the testing are to be provided to the
Employer for analysis which will assist in determining the accuracy of NRW calculations
and setting meter replacement programs. At the completion of a work order the
Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management system is updated and the work
order is closed.
6. Renew all defective consumer meters.
As a result of pipeline inspections, notifications from consumers or meter readers, or
meter sampling and testing, work orders will be raised to replace defective meters and
these are to be executed within 3 days of receipt. The Contractor is to ensure the meter
reading database is immediately updated when a defective meter is replaced. At the
completion of the work orders the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management
system is updated and the work orders closed.
7. Collect and provide leakage data.
The Contractor is to use the maintenance management system to record each leak. The
data recorded is to include the location and geo-coordinates of the leak, the pipeline
(material, diameter or reference a pipeline identifier in an asset register), a description of
the leak including its size and a possible cause of the leak; all in a standard format. This
data is to be provided monthly to the employer in spreadsheet form for analysis within
7days from the end of the month.
8. Collect and provide consumer feedback.
The Contractor is to record each consumer contact (such as walk-in, phone call, email,
SMS or web entry) in its consumer contact management system. The consumer contacts
will cover a range of issues such as water quality, low pressure, water off, property
connection or pipeline leak, defective meter, offensive meter readers, disruption due to
Contractor’s works and so on. A number of these contacts will relate to NRW. These
contacts are to be collated and provided to the Employer in spreadsheet form on a
monthly basis for analysis within 7 days from the end of the month.
9. Maintain distribution pressure below a set value.
Pressure monitors are to be installed in locations of high pressure within the water supply
network (as determined from the hydraulic modelling) and connected to the SCACA

system. Where DMAs are used there must be at least one high pressure monitor per
DMA (this is not to be confused with pressure monitors installed to monitor low
pressures). The SCADA system is to be programmed to alarm each time the pressure
rises beyond 22m. When an alarm is raised, a work order is to be immediately raised to
investigate the cause of the high-pressure alarm and as a result recommend steps to be
taken to ensure that the pressure will not exceed the set value in the future. These steps
may include the installation of additional flow control devices or the throttling of valves.
The recommendations from the investigation are to be submitted to the Employer and
when approved they must be implemented within 7days using a work order raised in the
maintenance management system. Where the recommendations are not the result of a
design flaw or poor construction their implementation will be funded by the Employer. At
the completion of the work order the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance
management system is updated and the work order is closed.
10. Continuously undertake random transient monitoring.
A pipeline pressure-transient monitor and data logger is to be purchased and placed at
different locations within the pipeline network every 4 weeks (or at other frequencies as
directed by the Engineer). The frequency of the pressure-transient monitor is to be set to
a minimum of 25 Hz (25 readings per second) with a tolerance setting of ±5 kPa.
Preference is to be given to locations such as bulk water off takes, off takes feeding
consumer pumps, off takes feeding consumer storages and immediately downstream of
pump stations. The collected data is to be examined and where transients are detected
these are to be referred to the Employer for review. Resulting actions are to be
undertaken as directed by the Employer. Where these actions require capital works these
will be to the cost of the Employer. Where the transient is entering the network from a
consumer’s property the Employer will assist the Contractor in addressing the removal of
the cause of the transient. Work orders are to be raised using the maintenance
management system for all resulting actions. At the completion of the work order the
Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management system is updated and the work
orders are closed.
11. Measure flows and pressures.
Flow and pressure monitors are installed through the water supply network. Amongst
other uses this data is to be collected for the purpose of calculating NRW. Overtime a
pattern of flow or pressure will emerge at each meter location and geo-coordinates. The
SCADA system is to be used to monitor flows and pressures against these patterns and
alarm when a reading falls outside of a ten percent envelope around each pattern. When
an alarm occurs, a work order is to be raised to investigate the abnormal reading and
determine whether the reading is caused by a fault or is a natural occurrence. Where a
fault has occurred, the work order is to be upgraded and remedial actions initiated. When
approved by the Employer the resulting action is to be completed by the Contractor within
7days. When the resulting action is not the result of a design flaw or poor construction its
implementation will be funded by the Employer. Work orders are to be raised using the
maintenance management system for all remedial actions. At the completion of the work
order the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management system is updated and
the work orders are closed.
12. Undertake leak detection of all pipelines.
The Contractor is to undertake leak detection of all pipes every years. When a leak is
detected, a work order is to be raised and the leak repaired within 3 days (also see
‘Repair Leaks’). At the completion of a leak detection work order the Contractor is to
ensure the maintenance management system is updated and the work order is closed.
13. Undertake leak detection of critical pipelines.
The Contractor is to undertake leak detection of all critical pipes every years. A critical
pipe is a pipe that exclusively supplies 50 or more connections or exclusively supplies a
high-profile consumer (such as a hospital). When a leak is detected, a work order is to be
raised and the leak repaired within 3 days (also see ‘Repair Leaks’). At the completion of
a leak detection work order the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management
system is updated and the work order is closed.

14. Undertake leak detection of problem pipelines.

The Contractor is to undertake leak detection of all pipes which have a history of high
leakage every 6 Months. These pipes are to be determined by the Employer. When a
leak is detected, a work order is to be raised and the leak repaired within 3 days (also see
‘Repair Leaks’). At the completion of a leak detection work order the Contractor is to
15. Repair Leaks.
The Contractor is to repair all leaks using work orders raised in the maintenance
management system. Leaks are to be repaired within 3days of notification (in times of
high maintenance workload this timeframe will be relaxed). The identification and repair of
each leak is to be recorded in the maintenance management system. The data recorded
is to include the location and geo-coordinates of the leak (including size), the pipeline
(material, diameter or reference a pipeline identifier in an asset register), a description of
the leak and a possible cause of the leak; all in a standard format. This data is to be
provided monthly to the employer in spreadsheet form for analysis within 7days from the
end of the month. At the completion of the work order the Contractor is to ensure the
maintenance management system is updated and the work order is closed.
16. Repair Breaks (also referred to as Bursts).
The Contractor is to repair all breaks using work orders raised in the maintenance
management system. Breaks are to be repaired within 8hours of notification (in times of
high maintenance workload where all maintenance personnel are committed to various
work orders, breaks are considered to be a priority one work order and other work orders
must be suspended in order for the break to be attended to. While a work order is
suspended the clock stops on its required turnaround time). The identification and repair
of each break is to be recorded in the maintenance management system. The data
recorded is to include the location and geo-coordinates of the break (including size), the
pipeline (material, diameter or reference a pipeline identifier in an asset register), a
description of the break and a possible cause of the break; all in a standard format. This
data is to be provided monthly to the employer in spreadsheet form for analysis within
7days from the end of the month. At the completion of the work order the Contractor is to
17. Inspect service connections.
The Contractor is to inspect all service connections every 2years by walking the pipeline
routes and by using work orders raised in the maintenance management system. During
these inspections the Contractor is to carry a list of properties being provided with water
in electronic form. The Contractor is to randomly examine at least 50% of the above
ground components of the property connections to these properties and the surface of the
land within the vicinity of the service connection. If a leak is detected a second work order
is to be raised and the leak repaired (see ‘Repair Leaks’). Where there is evidence of an
underground leak, such as wet ground or water flowing in a nearby drain, a second work
order is to be raised to investigate whether there is a leak. Such an investigation may
include leak detection or opening the ground to inspect the communication pipe. If a leak
is found the work order is to be extended and the leak immediately repaired (see ‘Repair
Leaks’) before the ground is closed. At the completion of the work order the Contractor is
to ensure the maintenance management system is updated and the work order is closed.
18. Inspect pipelines.
The Contractor is to inspect all pipelines every 2years by walking the pipeline routes
using work orders raised in the maintenance management system. During these
inspections the Contractor is to carry a list of properties being provided with water in
electronic form. Amongst other things the pipelines are to be inspected for leaks and for
impending leaks due to excessive corrosion or fractured pipe. Leaks may be directly
evident or inferred from damp ground or water running in nearby drains. If a leak is
directly detected a second work order is to be raised and the leak repaired (see ‘Repair
Leak’). Where there is evidence of an underground leak a work order is to be raised to
investigate whether there is a leak. Such an investigation may include leak detection or
opening the ground to inspect the pipe. If a leak is found the work order is to be extended

and the leak immediately repaired (see ‘Repair Leak’) before the ground is closed. At the
completion of the work order the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management
system is updated and open work orders are closed.
19. Maintain level sensors and control systems at storages.
Level sensors are to be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
The maintenance specifications are to be included in the maintenance management
system at part of the preventative maintenance program. Any warranty conditions are
also to be satisfied. Work orders should be automatically triggered at set dates. At the
completion of the work orders the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance management
system is updated and the work orders are closed.
The SCADA system controlling the filling of the storage must alert when the storage is
approaching full and alarm if the storage is exceeded. The storage filling control system is
to be programmed to prevent such an occurrence. When a storage alarm is triggered, a
priority one work order must be immediately generated and sent to maintenance staff for
immediate action. The fault is in the control system is to be rectified under the same work
order. At the completion of the work order the Contractor is to ensure the maintenance
management system is updated and the work order is closed.
20. Maintain flow meters, pressure monitors and transient monitors.
Flow meters and pressure monitors are to be maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications. The maintenance specifications are to be included in the
maintenance management system at part of the preventative maintenance program. Any
warranty conditions are also to be satisfied. Work orders should be automatically
triggered at set dates. At the completion of the work orders the Contractor is to ensure the
maintenance management system is updated and the work orders are closed.
21. Repair defective service connections.
The Contractor is to repair all faulty service connections. Service connections are to be
repaired within 3days of notification (in times of high maintenance workload this
timeframe will be relaxed). The identification and repair of each service connection is to
be recorded in the maintenance management system. The data recorded is to include a
description of the problem with the service connection and a possible cause of the
problem; all in a standard format. This data is to be provided monthly to the employer in
spreadsheet form for analysis. At the completion of the work order the Contractor is to
22. Maintain 24/7 pipe repair response capability.
The Contractor is to ensure a 24/7 year-round maintenance capability is available. Fully
equipped maintenance personnel must be available to attend all priority one and priority
two reactive maintenance work orders. The maximum call-out time for rostered
maintenance people is 8 hours.
23. Collect and analyse maintenance data.
The Contractor is to make all the maintenance data stored in the maintenance
management system available to the Employer in both raw and processed forms for
analysis. A full set of the maintenance data is to be provided within 7days of the end of
each year and within 2days from the date of a special request.
12. SPECIFICATIONS
12.1. Standard manuals governing project construction and operations
The technical specifications governing the Agreement shall confirm to all the relevant
guidelines, standards, standard operating procedures detailed in the relevant Standards
Codes published by Bureau of Indian Standards and shall be in conformity to the
following standard manuals.
i. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment published by Government of India,
Ministry of Urban Development, CPHEEO as amended up to date

ii. Manual on Operations and Maintenance of Water Supply Systems, published by

Government of India, Ministry of Urban Development, CPHEEO, January 2005
and as amended up to date
12.2. Equivalency of Standards and Codes
Except where otherwise specified, the Works under this Agreement shall comply with the
requirements of the referenced or relevant Indian Standards (IS), British Standards (BS),
AWWA standards, ISO standards AWS standards, ASTM standards, etc. Other
equivalent national or international standards or similar other organizations may be
considered at the sole discretion of the Employer’s Representative or as may have been
agreed in the Agreement. All standards used shall be the latest versions.
12.3. The Contractor shall obtain at least one copy of each IS, BS, or other
approved standards or reference material which are referred to in the specification
and a copy of all other standards which apply to materials which are being supplied
to, or workmanship executed on the works. These standards and reference material
shall be available to the Contractor and the Employer’s Representative at all
reasonable times.
12.4. Where the requirement of any such standard specification or regulation
conflict with Employer’s Requirements, then the Contractor should refer to the
Employer’s Representative for clarification before proceeding with construction of the
Works.
12.5. The Contractor shall carry out the Works based on the Standard
Specifications applicable from time to time in the Madhya Pradesh Urban
Administration and Development Directorate available at www.mpurban.gov.in as
provided below.
i. Specifications Part 1 – Water Supply, Sewerage and Tube Well Works
ii. Specifications Part 2 – Building Works
iii. Specifications Part 3 – Road and Bridge Works
iv. Specifications Part 4 – Electrical Works
12.6. In addition to the Standard Specifications prescribed above, the Contract is
governed by the Particular Specifications provided as Part II of this bid document.
12.7. Except as otherwise specified in the above Specifications, the
Indian/International Standards and codes of practice in their latest version shall be
adhered to for the design, manufacturing, inspection, calibration, installation, field
testing, packing, handling and transportation of products. Should any product be
offered conforming to other standards, the equipment or products shall be equal to
or superior to those specified and the documentary confirmation shall be submitted
for the prior approval of the Employer.
12.8. All the Materials incorporated in the Works shall be the most suitable for the
duty concerned and shall be new and of first class commercial quality, free from
imperfections and selected for long life and minimum maintenance. These may be
tested according to relevant Indian Standards (IS) or International Standards
Organization (ISO) standards in qualified labs and certificates produced to the
satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

13. COMPLIANCE TO ADB SAFEGUARDS

13.1. Compliance to Environmental Safeguards
13.1.1. General Safeguard Tasks & compliance requirements
(a) General Safeguard Compliance Requirements
The Contractor shall comply to all the applicable national, state and local environmental
laws and regulations including ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. The specific
procedures and compliance requirements are set out in the following documents provided
as Supplementary Information which form part of this Bid.
(b) Environmental Assessment and Review Framework (EARF) for MPUSIP
(c) Initial Environmental Examination report specific for the bid package
(d) Environmental Management Plan specific for the bid package
(e) Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is set out in this schedule. Contractor shall
update the EMP including the Initial Environmental Examination Report provided at
Clause 16, Supplementary Information reflecting the changes, amendments,
additions made during the Design Build Period and submit to Employer’s
Representative for approval.
13.1.2. ADB SPS Requirements:
During the design, construction, and operation of the project, the pollution prevention and
control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected
in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environment,
Health and Safety Guidelines, World Health Organization’s guidelines on ambient air
quality and noise level etc., will be applied. These standards contain performance levels
and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When
Government of India regulations differ from these levels and measures, the contractor will
achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate
in view of specific project circumstances, provide full and detailed justification for any
proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS.
13.1.3. Environmental safeguard compliance requirements
13.1.3.1. Design-Build Period
(i) Immediately upon mobilization, the Contractor shall review the IEE Report of
the contract package including the screening checklist, category and the
Environmental Management Plan, and conduct site visits to understand the
environmental sensitivity of the project sites.
(ii) Update the REA checklist, confirm the category, and update/revise the IEE
Report of the project reflecting the changes /amendments /additions that are
effected in the project during the detailed design
(iii) Update / revise and finalize the EMP (EMP prepared for the subproject during
the preliminary design stage is appended to the bid for reference.
(iv) Obtain all necessary clearances and approval of the project. It is the sole
responsibility of contractor to obtain clearances that are required for
performance of the contract (such a labour licence, clearances for
establishing facilities like quarries, crushers, concrete batching plants, etc.,).
It will be the responsibility of employer to obtain clearances/approvals

required for the construction and operation of the project (such as tree cutting
permission, MPPCB consent for WTP etc,). However, contractor is required
to provide all necessary assistance, such as documentation, technical
support etc., to the employer in obtaining those clearances/approvals.
(v) Ensure that all design-related measures of the EMP, and conditions, if any, of
government regulatory agencies (like MPPCB consent conditions) are duly
included in the final designs.
(vi) Ensure that all regulatory clearances (both project related and contractor
related) are in place before start of the construction work.
(vii) Confirm with PIU availability of rights of way at all project sites prior to start of
work.
(viii) Follow the EMP measures/guidelines for establishment of temporary
construction camps, construction waste disposal sites, and material borrow
areas, etc.,
(ix) Prepare and implement traffic management plan (template is provided in IEE)
(x) Prepare and implement construction site health & safety plan (template is
provided in IEE)
(xi) Implement EMP ad ensure compliance with all the mitigation, enhancement
and monitoring measures including
(xii) Comply with applicable government rules and regulations
(xiii) Conduct environmental monitoring (ambient air, noise and water) as per the
EMP and submit reports to PIU/PMC
(xiv) Address the public complaints on construction promptly, and redress
grievances as per the directions of the PIU
(xv) Identify and report to PMC on any new impacts, and take immediate remedial
actions
(xvi) Submit monthly EMP implementation reports
13.1.3.2. Operation Service Period
(i) Implement operation stage EMP measures
(ii) Implement corrective actions, where necessary
(iii) Submit quarterly EMP implementation report
13.1.4. Environmental Management Plan
(a) The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provided as part of IEE Report is
part of the Contract. The Contractor shall update and comply during the Design-
Build and Operating Service Periods. EMP is appended to the bid for reference
(Appendix 1).
(b) The EMP includes a monitoring program to measure the environmental condition
and effectiveness of implementation of the mitigation measures. It will include
observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and
beneficiaries.
(c) The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer’s Representative, for
review and approval, a site environmental plan (SEP) including (i) proposed
sites/locations for construction work camps, storage areas, hauling roads, lay

down areas, disposal areas for solid and hazardous wastes; (ii) specific mitigation
measures following the approved EMP; (iii) monitoring program as per SEP; and
(iv) budget for SEP implementation. No works are allowed to commence prior to
approval of SEP.
(d) A copy of the EMP and approved SEP will be kept on site during the construction
period at all times. The EMP forms part of the of contract agreement. Non-
compliance with, or any deviation from, the conditions set out in this document
constitutes a failure in compliance.
(e) For civil works, the contractor will be required to (i) carry out all of the mitigation
and monitoring measures set forth in the approved SEP; and (ii) implement any
corrective or preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports that
the employer will prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of this IEE
and SEP. The contractor shall allocate budget for compliance with these SEP
measures, requirements and actions.
(f) The Initial Environment Examination Report is part of the Contract. It is the
responsibility of the contractor to update this IEE, and comply with all its
provisions.
(g) Prior to commencement of the works, the contractor will submit a compliance
report to Employer’s Representative that all identified pre-construction mitigation
measures as detailed in the EMP are undertaken. Contractor should confirm that
the resources for EMP compliance are mobilized.
(h) During construction, results from internal monitoring by the contractor will be
reflected in their monthly EMP implementation reports submitted to the
Employer’s Representative.
13.2. Compliance to Social Safeguards
13.2.1. General Social Safeguard Tasks and Compliance Requirements
The Contractor shall be responsible for design, construction and operation of the sub-
project in compliance to all the applicable national and state social protection, land
acquisition and resettlement and rehabilitation related laws and regulations, and the
ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009. The specific procedures and compliance
requirements are set out in the following documents provided as Supplementary
Information which form part of this Bid.
a. Due-diligence report for the sub-project in the Bid (DDR)
b. Resettlement Plan for the sub-project in the Bid if applicable (RP)
c. Indigenous Peoples Plan (IPP) / Indigenous Peoples Due Diligence Report,
as applicable
13.2.2. In addition to the social safeguard compliance requirements provided in the
DDR the following key and critical tasks shall be ensured during sub-project
implementation.
a. Any third party damages to people and property shall be compensated using
the replacement cost principle or market price.
b. Priority shall be given and best endeavour made to provide employment in
project construction work and operation and maintenance work to persons

belonging to Scheduled Castes / Scheduled Tribes, women, below poverty

line households and affected persons, who are interested and possess
required skill or are willing to get trained. Efforts also shall be made to
provide skill training to encourage employment in project implementation.
Records of employment provided to vulnerable sections to be maintained by
contractor for inclusion in social monitoring reports.
c. Provision of access to all those properties affected during excavation of pipe
line trenches until the restoration and extra care shall be taken to provide
sufficient warning signs and lighting during night and during rains when the
trenches are flooded.
d. Assistance to shops and vendors to temporarily shift during pipeline
construction and also during shifting back to the original status after
completion of construction
e. Grievance redressal – The Contractor shall designate a site based literate
person with communications skills as a nodal person for receiving all
grievances, recording and coordination with all other staff in timely resolving
the grievances. The telephone number and name of the person shall be
disclosed at each work site on the display boards and also in the notice board
of ULB concerned.
14. HAND-BACK REQUIREMENTS
14.1. Hand Back at Termination:
14.1.1. During the final twelve (12) months of the contract the Contractor will support
the Nagar Parishad in readiness for hand back of the Facilities at the end of the
Term, as laid out in the Contract. The Contractor shall on the Expiry Date
(whether due to early termination or lapse of time), hand back free of charge the
Facilities all vehicles, equipment, materials and supplies made available to the
Contractor pursuant to this Agreement or purchased by the Contractor using
funds provided by the Nagar Parishad under this Agreement, in at least the
same condition, normal wear and tear excepted, as they were when made
available to or purchased by the Contractor. For the purpose of clarity, the
Contractor shall leave behind all assets in good and operable condition
including tools, spares, inventory, machinery and all other movables required for
provision of continuous water supply for at least one hundred and eighty (180)
days period from the date of handing over. The Contractor shall also deliver to
the Nagar Parishad all plans, designs, reports programs, surveys and
guidelines of any kind whatsoever prepared by the Contractor in performing the
Services no later than the Expiry Date.
14.2. Preparation for Handback on Expiry of Contract
14.2.1. At least twelve (12) months before the scheduled Expiry Date a joint
inspection of the Facilities shall be undertaken by the Nagar Parishad and the
Contractor. The Nagar Parishad shall, within forty five (45) days of such
inspection prepare and furnish to the Contractor a list of works/ jobs (“Handback
Requirements”), if any, to be carried out so as to conform to the Service Levels

and maintenance requirements applicable to the year in which the handing over
is contemplated. The Contractor shall promptly undertake and complete such
works / jobs at least three (3) months prior to the Expiry Date and ensure that
the Facilities continue to meet such requirements until the same are handed
back to the Nagar Parishad.
14.2.2. Thirty (30) days prior to the Expiry Date, the Nagar Parishad and the
Contractor shall undertake a joint inspection of the Facilities so as to ensure
that Handback Requirements are met. The release of the final payment of the
O&M Fees, the Performance Security and other outstanding payments, if any,
shall be subject to the Handback Requirements being fully met to the
satisfaction of the Employer Representative.
14.2.3. The Contractor, upon written request by the Employer Representative no
later than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Expiry Date, shall
provide assistance to the Nagar Parishad during a transitional period of up to
ninety (90) days prior to the Expiry Date. The purpose is to ensure a smooth
transition between the Contractor and a subsequent manager of the Facilities.
The scope of the transition assistance shall be determined by the Employer’s
Representative in consultation with the Nagar Parishad provided that the
assistance shall be related to only transition services and shall not be the full
range of Services as set out under the Contractor’s Obligations. If the Nagar
Parishad makes a request for assistance, the transition assistance shall be
provided by those staff of the Contractor identified by the Nagar Parishad and
Employer’s Representative and the identified staff shall be resident in the
Service Area until the completion of the transition assistance.
14.3. Handover on Early Termination
14.3.1. In the event of early termination under Clause 15 GCC, immediately upon
dispatch or receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall meet with
the Employer’s Representative and Nagar Parishad to agree a schedule for
bringing the Services to a close and for handback of the Facilities in a prompt
and orderly manner. The Contractor shall return no later than the date agreed
by the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor under this clause 14.3.1,
or failing agreement, the date of termination specified in the termination notice,
the Facilities, all vehicles, equipment, materials and supplies made available to
the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement or purchased by the Contractor using
funds provided by the Nagar Parishad under this Agreement, in at least the
same condition, normal wear and tear excepted, as they were when made
available to or purchased by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also deliver in
accordance with Clause 15.6 to the Corporation all plans, designs, reports
programs, surveys and guidelines of any kind whatsoever prepared by the
Contractor in performing the Services no later than the date of termination.
14.3.2. Upon certification by the Employer Representative and the Audit Body, of
fulfilment of the obligations set out in Clauses 14.2 and 14.2.3 by the
Contractor, the Employer shall release the Performance Security. To the extent

that the Audit Body certifies that any of the Handback Requirements or
requirements under Clause 14.3.1 are not achieved by the Expiry Date, then
the Employer’s Representative shall deduct amounts from the final invoice of
O&M Fees or other sources towards the implementation of works/ jobs listed in
the Handover Requirements which have not been carried out by the Contractor;
and purchase of items that have not been handed back to the Nagar Parishad
in accordance with clause 15.2 GCC.
15. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT FOR THE AUDITING BODY

15.1. Introduction
The Auditing Body shall be appointed at least 182 days prior to the commencement of the
Operation Service, following a competitive selection process, in accordance with ADB’s
Guidelines on the Use of Consultants, to carry out an independent and impartial audit during
the Operation Service.
The purpose will be to audit and monitor the performance of both the Employer and the
Contractor during the Operation Service in compliance with the Operation Service
Requirements.
The Auditing Body shall commence its duties at least 30 days before commencement of the
Commissioning Period
Notwithstanding that the Auditing Body is engaged by the Employer, the Auditing Body shall
act independently and impartially. Audit Body shall audit and monitor the performance of both
the Contractor and Employer.
15.2. Scope of the Services of the Auditing Body
The scope of services of the Auditing Body shall include the following:
a. To assess the overall performance of the Contractor and confirm that it is meeting its
obligations under the contract, including:
i. undertaking audits of the reports and plans furnished by the Contractor;
ii. undertaking audits to determine whether the Contractor has met the Minimum
Service Levels and performance standards;
iii. reviewing the Contractor’s procedures for water quality testing and reporting;
iv. reviewing the Contractor’s customer and commercial management activities;
v. monitoring and analysing customer complaints;
vi. reviewing matters related to quality assurance, safety and environmental
management;
vii. commenting on the quality of Contractor and Employer records and audit
trails;
viii. reviewing the adequacy of the Contractor’s management and staff and
assessing whether its training procedures are adequate.
b. To make recommendations for improvements on the water services provided by the
Contractor, including:
i. improvements to the Contractor’s management and execution of the contract;
ii. improvements in the Employer’s management and oversight of the Contract;

iii. improvements to the cooperation between the Contractor and the Nagar
Parishads.
c. To monitor the Employer’s obligations and ensure that the Employer has::
i. not interfered with or attempted to improperly influence the Auditor in the
performance of any of the Services
ii. made available to the Auditor all information, assistance, documentation,
models and particulars relating to the Services reasonably requested by the
Auditor within the time (if any) required by the or, where no period is
specified, as soon as practicable; and
iii. attended regular meetings with the Auditing Body and the Contractor as may
be reasonably required;
iv. enabled the Auditing Body in carrying out the Services as reasonably
necessary;
v. provided explanations and additional information relating to any document,
notice or information provided to the Auditing Body;
vi. paid the Auditing Body of the fee payable for the Services during a month in
accordance with the contract; and
vii. timely approved relevant information or documents submitted by the
Contractor;
viii. Timely processed the Contractor’s request for payment; and
ix. Performed all its obligations under the Contract.
d. To recommend matters that should be referred to the DAB for resolution.
e. To prepare a draft annual performance report for discussion with the Parties.
f. To prepare a final annual performance audit report.
The draft and final annual performance reports shall be submitted simultaneously to the
Contractor and Employer.

16. LIST OF SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

(a) Detailed Project Reports of water supply improvement scheme to Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and
Birsingpur Nagar Parishads
a. Volume I – Main Report
b. Volume II – Design
c. Volume III – Estimate
d. Volume IV – Drawings
(b) Initial Environment Examination report for the bid package
(c) Due-diligence Report on social safeguards for the bid package
(d) Resettlement Plan for the bid package
(e) Questionnaire format for customer door-to-door survey

Section 7 – General Conditions of Contract 7-1
Section 7 - General Conditions of Contract

1. Name of Employer: Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited (MPUDC), acting
through its Engineer-in-Chief
Name of Contract: : Improvement to water supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and
Birsingpur Nagar Parishads in Satna District in Madhya Pradesh. (Package No MPUSIP-7C)
2. The Conditions of Contract comprise two parts, this Section 7 - General Conditions of Contract
(GCC) and the following Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract.
3. The GCC shall be the Conditions of Contract for Design, Build and Operate Projects (First Edition
2008), prepared by the Fédération Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseils or FIDIC (FIDIC Gold
Book) available at http://fidic.org/bookshop. The GCC is deemed to include the General Conditions
of Dispute Adjudication Agreement and the Procedural Rules for Dispute Adjudication Board
Members of the FIDIC Gold Book.
4. Interested bidders may view a copy of the FIDIC Gold Book through inspection of the Bid Document,
pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Invitation for Bids. Please contact:
Engineer-in- Chief
MPUDC, 8, Arera Hills,
Old Jail Road,
Bhopal – 462 011
Tel: +91 755 2763060
Fax: +91 755 2763868
(10:00 to 16:00 only)
5. A Bidder must, as part of its Bid proposal, submit an ‘Undertaking’ stating the following:
i. It has read and reviewed the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) referred to in Section 7 of the
Bid Document, namely the Conditions of Contract for Design, Build and Operate Projects (First
Edition 2008), prepared by the Fédération Internationale des Ingénieurs-Conseils or FIDIC; and
ii. In respect of the conditions of contract, its Bid is submitted on the basis of the aforementioned
GCC, as supplemented by Section 8 of the Bidding Document.

Section 8 – Particular Conditions of Contract 8-1
Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract

The following Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) shall supplement the General
Conditions of Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall
prevail over those in the GCC.
Part A – Contract Data
Sub-Clause Data to be given Data
1.1.24 Cost plus Profit Cost + 15% (including profit, overhead and
statutory deductions etc)
1.1.26 Cut Off Date As per Sub-Clause 15.2(h)
1.1.32 Employer’s Name and Address Madhya Pradesh Urban Development
Company Limited represented by its
Engineer-in-Chief:
Address:
Engineer-in-Chief
MPUDC, 8, Arera Hills,
Old Jail Road, Bhopal – 462011 (India)
Telephone: +91 755 2763060
Fax: +91 755 2763868
1.1.35 Employer’s Representative The Employer’s Representative shall be: The
Project Manager,
Project Implementation Unit (PIU), Jabalpur
1.1.70 Section Section means the part of Works scheduled to
be completed in accordance to the Design-
Build Period Milestones provided at Table
3.6.5 under sub-clause 3.6.5 in Section 6 –
1.3 Address of Employer’s Representative
for communication To be determined later
1.3 Address of Contractor for

Communication To be determined later
1.3 (c) Agreed Systems of Electronic By facsimile or electronic mail only

Transmission
1.4 Contract shall be governed by the law Republic of India and State of Madhya
of Pradesh. In case of conflict, the Laws of India
shall prevail.
1.4 Ruling Language English
1.4 Language for Communication English
2.1 After receiving the Letter of Acceptance, 7 days after the commencement date
the Contractor shall be given right of
access to all or part of the Site within:
4.2 Performance Security (as percentages (a) The Performance Security shall be
of Accepted Contract Amount in furnished in two instalments.
currencies) (b) The first instalment shall be furnished
within 28 days of the receipt of
notification of award, in the amount (s) of
Ten (10) percent of the Accepted


Contract Amount for the Design-Build
period excluding the Provisional Sums.
(c) The second instalment shall be furnished
within 28 days from the commencement
of commissioning period in the amount
(s) of Ten (10) percent of the accepted
contract amount for the Operation
Service period excluding the estimated
cost of electricity consumed determined
as 30% of the Variable O&M Fee.
(d) The Performance Security shall be
denominated in the types and proportions
of the currencies in which the Contract
Price is payable, or in a freely convertible
currency acceptable to the Employer.
The Performance Security shall be in the
form of an unconditional guarantee from
any reputable bank, which may include
Scheduled Banks in India, and if the
Bank issuing the Performance Security is
located outside India, it shall have a
correspondent financial institution, which
may include Scheduled Banks, in the
territory of India to make it enforceable.
4.2 Reductions in Performance Security a. 33% of Performance Security shall be
from the end of Retention Period: returned at the end of the Retention
Period;
b. 33% of the Performance Security shall be
returned following 5 years of continuous
and satisfactory performance of the
Operation Service in accordance with the
Contract, as certified by the Audit Body;
and
c. The balance Performance Security shall
be returned on issue of Contract
Completion Certificate.
5.1 Period for notification of errors, faults 90 days from the Commencement Date
and other defects
5.2 Contractor’s documents requiring The draft Service Improvement Plan and
approval Annual Operating Plan and additional
documents specified in included in Section 6
6.5 Normal working hours on the Site 8.00 hours to 18.00 hours
during Design-Build Period
6.5 Normal working hours on the site during As required to fulfil the contractual obligations
Operation Service Period
8.2 Period of the Operation Service 3650 days from the Commissioning Date.
In the case of staged commissioning, the


specified Operation Service Period shall be
measured from the final Commissioning Date.
9.2 Time for Completion of Design-Build 850 days
9.2 Time for Completion of each Section In accordance with the Design-Build Period
Milestones in Table 3.6.5 under sub-clause
3.6.5 in Section 6 Employer’s Requirements
9.6 Delay damages 0.15 % of the Accepted Contract Amount
pertaining to each Section for every day of
delay.
9.6 Maximum amount of delay damages 10% of Accepted Contract Amount for the
Design-Build Period.
10.6(a) Maximum compensation payable by the 10% of the Accepted Contract Amount for
Contractor. Operation Service.
10.6(b) Maximum compensation payable by the 10% of the Accepted Contract Amount for
Employer. Operation Service.
10.7 Performance damages In accordance with Service Levels in Section
6 Employer’s Requirements Therein under
Para11:Service levels, Table 10.1 - Service
Levels during Operation Service Period
10.7 Minimum production outputs required In accordance to the Service Levels specified
in Section 6: Employer Requirements
10.7 (b) Rights of the Employer if failure As per Sub-Clause 10.7 (b) only
continues for more than 84 days.
13.5 Percentage rate to be applied to 10%
Provisional Sums
14.2 Amount of Advance Payment (percent 1) Total 10% of the Accepted Contract
of Accepted Contract Amount) Amount for Design-Build component
excluding Provisional Sums.
2) Number of instalments: Two (2), each of
50% of total advance amount
14.2 Percentage deductions for repayment of Each installment of the mobilization advance
Advance Payment shall be repaid to the Employer in 10 (ten)
equal monthly payments as per the schedule
given below:
Interim Deduction Cumulative
Payment for from Interim recovery of
the Work done Payment advance
during the (Percent of (Percent of
Month After Advance Advance
Payment of Amount) Amount)
Advance
0 to 3 No recovery 0%
4 10% 10%
5 10% 20%
6 10% 30%
7 10% 40%


8 10% 50%
9 10% 60%
10 10% 70%
11 10% 80%
12 10% 90%
13 10% 100%
14.3 Percentage of Retention 5%

14.3 Limit of Retention Money 5% of Accepted Contract Amount
14.6 (b) (i) Plant and Materials The relevant Plant and Materials are those
approved as part of the Service Improvement
Plan
14.6(c) (i) Plant and Materials for payment when In accordance to the payment terms provided
delivered to the Site at Schedule 2 – Schedule of Payments.
14.7(b) Minimum Amount of Interim Payment 2% (two percent) of the Accepted Contract
Certificate Amountfor Design Build.
No minimum amount of Interim Payment
Certificate is applicable for operation service.
14.17 Currencies for payment of Contract “Indian Rupees only”
Price
14.17 Proportion of Currencies Not Applicable
14.17 Rate of Exchange As per Sub-Clause 14.17 (e)
14.17 Currencies for Payment of Damages Indian Rupees Only
14.19 Maximum Amount of Maintenance 5% of the total amount given in the Letter of
Retention Fund Acceptance for the Operation Service.
17.1 Operation of forces of nature allocated None
to the Contractor.
17.8 Total liability of the Contractor shall not 110% of the Accepted Contract Amount
exceed
19.2 (a) (i) Deductible Limits None
19.2 (a) (ii) Additional sum to be insured Rupees 10 Million
19.2 (a) (4) Additional sum to be insured Rupees 10 Million
19.2 (a) (5) Employer's Risks to be insured if Nil
different to Sub-Clause 17.1
19.2 (b) Insurance for Contractor Equipment Rupees 15 Million
19.2 (c) Amount of professional liability Rupees 100 Million
insurance
19.2 (c) Period for which professional liability Up to 365 days from the issue of Contract
insurance required Completion Certificate.
19.2 (f) Amount of insurance required for injury Shall be at least 2% of Accepted Contract
to persons and damage to property Amount subject to a minimum of Rupees 5
(five) Million for each occurrence with
unlimited occurrences.
19.3 (a) Amount of fire extended cover Above ground assets: Rs.200 Million
insurance required Underground assets: Rs.25 Million
19.3 (d) Other insurances required from the The Contractor shall ensure that the
Contractor insurances taken out include cover for:
(i) Operations office including the billing
section
(ii) All Customer Service Centers


(iii) All pumping stations including
mechanical and electrical equipment
(iv) All water treatment plants including
mechanical and electrical equipment
19.3 (e) Other insurances required by law from None
the Contractor (give details):
19.3 (e) Other optional insurances required from None
the Contractor
20.3 Date for appointment of DAB 28 days from the Commencement Date
20.4 The DAB shall comprise One member selected by the contractor from
the list of potential members, which shall be
made available by the Employer within thirty
days from the issuance of Letter of
acceptance
20.8 Appointing entity (official) for DAB President, Institution of Engineers (India),
members, if not agreed, shall be: Bhopal Chapter
20.8 Place of Arbitration Bhopal, State of Madhya Pradesh, India
20.8 Language of Arbitration English
20.8(a)(b) Arbitration: The dispute between the Employer and the
&(c) Contractor, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, (1996)

Part B -Specific Provisions
Sub-Clause Section Specific Provision

1.1 Definitions Unless otherwise specifically stated, or unless the context
requires otherwise, capitalized terms in this Part B and in the
Schedules to the GCC are as defined under Sub-Clause 1.1 of
the General Conditions of Contract and under Sub-Clause 1.2
of Section 6.1 Scope of Services under Section 6 - Employer’s
Requirements.
The Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) Part B - Specific
Provisions, is to amend or for additions to the General
Conditions of Contract (GCC - Section 7). Whenever there is a
conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the
GCC.
‘Bid’ and ‘Tender’ will have the same meaning, as defined in
Section 1- Instructions to Bidder.
1.1.66 Retention Period Replace this sub-clause in its entirety by the following:
“Retention Period” means the period of one year after the

date stated in the commissioning certificate.
1.1.83 Year and Month Amend the Definition as:

“Year means three hundred and sixtyfive [365] days and
“month” means thirty [30] days
1.1.84 ADB Add new sub-clause 1.1.84 as follows:
“ADB” means the Asian Development Bank, the institution
financing the contract
1.1.85 Price Schedules Add new sub-clause 1.1.85 as follows:
“Price Schedules” means those schedule’s incorporated in the

contract showing the manner in which the contract price broken
down into the rates and prices.
1.1.86 Schedule of Add new sub-clause 1.1.86 as follows:

Performance “Schedule of Performance Guarantees” means the schedule
Guarantees incorporated in the contract detailing the performance
standards to be achieved by the Contractor under the Contract.
1.2 Interpretation Add the following sub-paragraphs, after sub-paragraph (f):

(g) The word ‘Tender’ or ‘tender’ is synonymous with ‘Bid’ or
‘bid’ and the words ‘Letter of Tender’ are synonymous with
‘Letter of Bid’, and ‘tender documents’ with ‘bidding documents’
and
(h) The words “Contractor’s Proposal’ are synonymous with
Single-Stage: Two-Envelope OCB Package No 7C Bidding Document

‘Contractor’s Technical Proposal”.

1.9 Care and Supply of Replace the entire third paragraph with the following:
Documents “If a Party becomes aware of an error or defect in a document
which was prepared for use during execution of Works, the
Party shall promptly notice to the other Party of such errors or
defect”.
Append the following text in the end of Sub Clause

“Failure to issue such notice by the Employer or Employer’s
Representative to the Contractor in respect of any error in the
Contractor’s Documents shall not in any manner relieve the
Contractor of its obligation to ensure the correctness and
accuracy of Contractor’s Documents and their compliance with
requirement of the Contract.”
1.16 Inspections and Add Sub Clause 1.16 as under:
Audit by the Asian The Contractor shall permit the Asian Development Bank
Development Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the Site
and/or the Contractor’s accounts and records relating to the
performance of the Contract and to have such accounts and
records audited by auditors appointed by the Bank if required
by the Bank.
3.6 Management Insert this Sub-Clause after Sub-Clause 3.5:
Meetings The Employer’s Representative or the Contractor’s
Representative may require the other to attend a management
meeting in order to review the progress with reference to the
agreed program and arrangements for future work. The
Employer’s Representative shall record the business of
management meetings and supply copies of the record to
those attending the meeting and to the Employer. In the record,
responsibilities for any actions to be taken shall be in
accordance with the Contract.
4.1 Contractor’s General In the second sentence of the fifth paragraph the words
Obligations ‘notified to’ are replaced with the words ‘approved by’
4.2 Performance Add the following lines in the end of third para:
Security TheentityshallhaveitsorigininanyeligiblesourcecountrylistedinA
ppendix4totheseParticularConditionsPartB.
4.3 Contractor’s Add the following at the end of this Sub-Clause:
Representative
“If the Contractor’s Representative or such persons are not
fluent in the said language, the Contractor shall make
competent interpreters available during all working hours in a

number deemed sufficient by the Employer’s Representative,

acting reasonably”.
4.4 Subcontractors Replace the first sentence of the sub-clause 4.4
[Subcontractors] with the following:
‘The Contractor shall not sub contract more than 50%(fifty
percent) of the works’’
Add the following at the end of this Sub-Clause:
“The Contractor shall ensure that the requirements imposed on

the Contractor by Sub-Clause 1.13 [Confidential Details] apply
equally to each Subcontractor.
Where practicable, the Contractor shall give fair and

reasonable opportunity for Contractor’s from the country to be
appointed as Subcontractors.
The Contractor shall only employ person from any eligible

source country as listed under Appendix 4 to these Particular
Conditions Part B.
The Contractor shall not employ any person which is listed

either on:
 The United Nations Security Council Sanctions Lists, or

 The Asian Development Bank Anticorruption Sanction List
both accessible on the related organization internet web
sites, and as amended from time to time.
In case of failure by the Contractor to comply with this

requirement, and, for the avoidance of doubt, irrespective of
whether the Employer’s Representative has given prior consent
under this Sub-clause, the Contractor shall forthwith cease any
business dealing with any ineligible Subcontractor and replace
such subcontractor by one having its origin in an eligible source
country, all at the Contractor’s risk and cost. Additionally, the
Employer, at his own election, shall be entitled to terminate the
Contract in accordance with Clause-15 [Termination by
Employer]”.
4.12 Unforeseeable Add the following at end of the Sub-Clause:
Physical Conditions In addition to notice of any unforeseeable physical conditions,
the Contractor shall provide the Employer’s Representative
with a written notice of any unanticipated environmental or
resettlement risks or impacts that arise during construction,
implementation or operation of the Plant or Permanent Works,
which were not considered in the updated and approved Initial
Environmental Examination (IEE), the Environmental

Management Plan (EMP), or the updated and approved

Resettlement Plan (RP) attached Separately.
4.16 Transport of Goods Add the following at end of the Sub-Clause:
The Contractor shall adequately record the condition of roads,
agricultural land and other infrastructure prior to the start of
transporting Materials, Goods and equipment, and
construction.
4.18 Protection of Insert the following at the end of Sub-Clause:
Environment The Contractor shall comply with all applicable national,
provincial and local environmental Laws and regulations.
The Contractor shall:
(a) establish all operational systems for managing
environmental impacts;
(b) carry out all of the monitoring and mitigation measures
set forth in the updated and approved IEE and EMP attached
with this bid; and
(c) allocate the budget required to ensure that such
measures are carried out.
The Contractor shall submit monthly reports on the
implementation and monitoring of such measures to the
Employer.
More particularly, the Contractor shall comply with (i) the
measures and requirements set forth in the updated and
approved EMP attached with this bid; and (ii) any corrective or
preventative actions set out in safeguards monitoring reports
that the Employer will prepare from time to time to monitor
implementation of the IEE and the EMP.
The Contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with
these measures, requirements and actions.
4.21 Progress Reports Insert following after Sub-Clause (h):
(i) Monitoring of the obligations in Sub-Clauses 4.18, 6.4, 6.7,
6.12, and 6.13.
4.27 On-Site Log Book Add new Sub-Clause as follows:
“The Contractor shall maintain on site a log book, in a form

approved by the Employer’s Representative and which shall
integrate the fields required in the Employer’s Requirements. It
will be used to record the Contractor’s activities on a daily
basis, and any instructions from the Employer’s Representative
given on site. The Employer’s personnel shall have the right to
access to this document at all times, and one copy of each

daily record shall be promptly provided by the Contractor to the

Employer’s representative.”
5.6 Operation and Amend the Sub-Clause as:

Maintenance 28 days prior to the commencement of the Commissioning
Manuals Period for any Section of Works, the Contractor shall supply to
the Employer's Representative two copies of all operation and
maintenance manuals and commissioning plans in sufficient
detail for the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle,
reassemble, adjust and repair the Plant and the Works. The
Contractor shall supply the balance of the required operation
and maintenance manuals prior to the issue of the
Commissioning Certificate. The Works or any Section shall not
be considered to be completed for the purposes of issuing the
Commissioning Certificate under Sub-Clause 11.7
[Commissioning Certificate] until the Employer's
Representative has received these documents.
6.1 Engagement of Staff Add the following at the end of this Sub-Clause:
and Labor “The Contractor shall, to the extent practicable and reasonable,
employ staff and labor with appropriate qualifications and
experience from sources within the Country”.
6.2 Rates of Wages and Add the following at the end of this Sub-Clause:
Conditions of “The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about
Employment their liability to pay personal income taxes in the Country in
respect of such of their salaries, wages, allowances and any
benefits as are subject to tax under the laws of the Country for
the time being in force, and the Contractor shall perform such
duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed
on him by such laws.”
6.7 Health and Safety Insert the following at the end of the Sub-Clause:
The Contractor shall conduct health and safety programs for
workers employed under the project, and shall include
information on the risk of sexually transmitted diseases,
including HIV/AIDS in such a program.
6.12 Foreign Personnel Add Sub-Clause 6.12 as under:
“The Contractor may bring in to the Country any foreign
personnel who are necessary for the execution of the Works to
the extent allowed by the applicable Laws. The Contractor shall
ensure that these personnel are provided with the required
residence visas and work permits. The Employer will, if

requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely

and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining
any local, state, national, or government permission required
for bringing in the Contractor’s personnel.”
“The Contractor shall be responsible for the return of these
personnel to the place where they were recruited or to their
domicile. In the event of the death in the Country of any of
these personnel or members of their families, the Contractor
shall similarly be responsible for making the appropriate
arrangements for their return or burial.”
6.13 Supply of Foodstuffs Add Sub-Clause 6.13 as under:
The Contractor shall arrange for the provisions of a sufficient
supply of suitable food as may be stated in the specification at
reasonable prices for the Contractor’s Personnel for the
purposes of or in connection with the Contract.
6.14 Supply of Water Add Sub-Clause 6.14 as under:
The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide
on the site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for
the use of the Contractor’s Personnel.
6.15 Measures Against Add Sub-Clause 6.15 as under:
Insect & Pest “The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary
Nuisance precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on
the Site from insect and pest nuisance and to reduce the
danger to their health. The Contractor shall comply with all the
regulations of the local health authorities, including use of
appropriate insecticides.”
6.16 Alcoholic Liquors or Add Sub-Clause 6.16 as under:
Drugs “The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with
Laws of the Country, import, sell, give, barter, or otherwise
dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow
importation, sale, gift, barter, or disposal thereto by
Contractor’s Personnel.”
6.17 Arms and
Add Sub-Clause 6.17 as under:
Ammunition
“The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of,
to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow
Contractor’s Personnel to do so.
6.18 Festivals and Add Sub-Clause 6.18 as under:
Religious Customs “The Contractor shall respect the Country’s recognized
festivals, days of rest, and religious or other customs.”

6.19 Funeral Add Sub-Clause 6.19 as under:

Arrangement “The Contractor shall be responsible, to the extent required by
local regulations, for making any funeral arrangements for any
of his local employee who may die while engaged upon the
works.
6.20 Forced Labour Add Sub-Clause 6.20 as under:
“The Contractor shall not employ forced labour, which consists

of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is
exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and
includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as
indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting
arrangements.”
6.21 Child Labour Add Sub-Clause 6.21 as under:
The Contractor shall not employ children in a manner that is

economically exploitative, or is likely to be hazardous, or to
interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the
child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social
development. Where the relevant labour laws of the Country
have provisions for employment of minors, the Contractor shall
follow those laws applicable to the Contractor. Children below
the age of 18 years shall not be employed in dangerous work.
6.22 Employment Add Sub-Clause 6.22 as under:
Records of Workers
The Contractor shall keep complete and accurate records of
the employment of labour at the Site. The records shall include
the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all
workers. These records shall be summarised on a monthly
basis and submitted to the Employer’s Representative. These
records shall be included in the details to be submitted by the
Contractor under Sub-Clause 6.10 [Records of Contractor’s
Personnel and Equipment].
6.23 Worker’s Add Sub-Clause 6.23 as under:
Organizations
“In countries where the relevant labour laws recognize workers’
rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their
choosing without interference and to bargain collectively, the
Contractor shall comply with such laws. Where the relevant
labour laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the
Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s
Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights

regarding working conditions and terms of employment. In

either case described above, and where the relevant labour
laws are silent, the Contractor shall not discourage the
Contractor’s Personnel from forming or joining workers’
organizations of their choosing or from bargaining collectively,
and shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s
Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such
organizations and bargain collectively. The Contractor shall
engage with such workers’ representatives. Workers’
organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in
the workforce.”
6.24 Non-discrimination Add Sub-Clause 6.24 as under:
and equal
Opportunity The Contractor shall not make employment decisions on the
basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job
requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment
relationship on the principle of equal opportunity and fair
treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to aspects of
the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring,
compensation (including wages and benefits), working
conditions and terms of employment, access to training,
promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and
discipline. In countries where the relevant labour laws provide
for non-discrimination in employment, the Contractor shall
comply with such laws. When the relevant labour laws are
silent on nondiscrimination in employment, the Contractor shall
meet this Sub-Clause’s requirements. Special measures of
protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or
selection for a particular job based on the inherent
requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination.
6.25 Resettlement Add Sub-Clause 6.25 as under:
The Contractor shall comply with (i) the measures and
requirements set forth in the updated and approved
Resettlement Plan (RP) and Indigenous People Protection Plan
(IPP), to the extent it concerns impacts on affected people
during construction; and (ii) any corrective or preventive actions
set out in safeguards monitoring reports that the Employer will
prepare from time to time to monitor implementation of the
Resettlement Plan.
The Contractor shall allocate a budget for compliance with

these measures, requirements and actions.

6.26 Additional Clause for Add the sub-Clause 6.26 as under:
respectful workplace
“The Contractor shall ensure that its employees and sub-
contractors observe the highest ethical standards and
refrain from any form of bullying, discrimination, misconduct
and harassment, including sexual harassment and shall, at
all times, behave in a manner that creates an environment
free of unethical behavior, bullying, misconduct and
harassment, including sexual harassment. The Contractor
shall take appropriate action against any employees or sub-
contractors, including suspension or termination of
employment or sub-contract, if any form of unethical or
inappropriate behavior is identified.
The Contractor shall conduct training programs for its
employees and Subcontractors to raise awareness on and
prevent any form of bullying, discrimination, misconduct and
harassment including sexual harassment, and to promote a
respectful work environment. The Contractor shall keep an
up-to-date record of its employees and subcontractors who
have attended and completed such training programs and
provide such records to the Employer or the Engineer at
their first written request.”
7.9 Origin of Goods Add the following new Sub-Clause
“GoodsshallhavetheirorigininanyeligiblesourcecountrylistedinAp
pendix4totheseParticularConditionsPartB.In
caseoffailurebytheContractortocomplywiththis requirement,
heshallforthwith removethe
ineligibleGoodsfromtheSiteandreplacethosewithGoodshavingth
eirorigininaneligiblesourcecountry,allattheContractor’sriskandco
st.Fortheavoidanceofdoubt,theEmployer’sRepresentativeshallb
eentitledtowithholdcorrespondingpaymentcertificationinaccorda
ncewithSub-
Clause14.7[IssueofAdvanceandInterimPaymentCertificates]unti
lsuchtimereplacementGoodsareprovidedinaccordancewiththeC
ontract.”.”
8.1 Commencement The Commencement Date shall be within
Date 60 days after the Contractor receives the Letter of Acceptance.
8.2 Operation Service Add the following:

Period In the case of sectional completion, the Operate Service shall

commence from the date stated in the initial Commissioning
Certificate. The Operate Service Period shall continue till 3650
days after the date stated in the Commissioning Certificate of
the final section.
The Operate Service Period may be extended with mutual
consent on the same terms and conditions up to a period not
exceeding 1825 days.
8.3 Programme Addthefollowingsub-paragraphaftersub-paragraph(e):
“(f)theSTI,STDandHIV/AIDSalleviationprogrammeinaccordance
withSub-Clause6.7[HealthandSafety]”
8.6 Contract Completion Replace in its entirety the 1stsentence in the 2 paragraph by the
nd
Certificate following:
“TheEmployer'sRepresentativeshall,subjecttoSub-
Clause11.8[JointInspectionPriortoContractCompletion],Sub-
Clause10.8[CompletionofOperationService],Sub-
Clause14.18[AssetReplacementFund]andSub-
Clause4.23[Contractor'sOperationsonSite],issuetheContractCo
mpletionCertificatetotheContractor,withacopytotheEmployer,wit
hin21daysafterthelastdayoftheContractPeriod.”
9.1 Commencement of Add the following after the last sentence of this Sub-Clause:
Design Build “There shall be no work authorized to proceed on Site until such
time the Contractor has affected the insurances defined under
Sub-Clause19.2 [Insurances to be provided by the Contractor
during the Design-Build Period] in accordance with the
provisions under Sub-Clause 19.1 [General Requirements].”
9.3 Extension of Time After “exceptionally adverse climatic conditions”, add the
for Completion of following:
Design Build “as defined in the Employer’s Requirements”
9.7 Suspension of Work Add the following after the last sentence of this Sub-Clause:
“Asanexample,
andwithoutlimitationtootherpossiblecauses,anysuspensionofwo
rkcausedbyanyfailurefromtheContractortocomplywiththeobligat
ionsstated:
UnderSub-Clause4.8astosafetyprocedures,
UnderSub-Clause4.9astothequalityassurance,
UnderSub-Clause4.18astotheprotectionoftheenvironment,or
UnderSub-Clause6.7astohealthandsafety,
Shallbeconsideredascauseofsuspensionwhichistheresponsibility

oftheContractor”.
10.2 Commencement of Add the following after the second paragraph:
Operation Service “TheOperationServiceshallnotcommenceuntilsuchtimetheContr
actorhasaffectedtheinsurancesdefinedunderSub-
Clause19.3[Insurancestobeprovidedby
theContractorduringtheOperationServicePeriod]inaccordancewi
ththeprovisionsunderSub-Clause19.1[GeneralRequirements].”
10.3 Independent At least 182 days prior to the commencement of the Operate
Compliance Audit Service, the Auditing Body shall be appointed following a
competitive selection process, to carry out an independent and
impartial audit during the Operate Service. The terms of
appointment of the Auditing Body shall be as specified in the
Employer's Requirements, and the purpose will be to audit and
monitor the performance of both the Employer and the
Contractor during the Operate Service in compliance with the
Operate Service Requirements.
The Auditing Body shall commence its duties at least 30 days
before commencement of Commissioning Period.
Payment of the Auditing Body shall be made from the Asian
Development Bank loan. The procedures for the selection of
the Auditing Body shall be in accordance with ADB’s
Guidelines on the Use of Consultants.
10.7 Failure to reach the Replace the opening sentence with the following:
production output “IntheeventthattheContractorfailstoachieveanyoftheperformanc
estandardsdefinedintheScheduleofPerformanceGuarantees,th
ePartiesshalljointlyestablishthecauseofsuchfailure.
11.1 Testing of the Works In the fifth Para last sentence replace the words:
“Schedule of Guarantees” by “Schedule of Performance
Guarantees
11.4 Failure to Pass Tests Replace this Sub-Clause in its entirety by the following:
on Completion of “IftheWorks,oraSection,failtopasstheTestsonCompletionofDe
Design-Build sign-BuildrepeatedunderSub-
Clause11.3[RetestingoftheWorks]theEmployer'sRepresentati
veshallbeentitledto:
(a) OrderfurtherrepetitionofTestsonCompletionofDesign-
BuildunderSub-Clause11.3[RetestingoftheWorks];
(b) IssueaNoticeunderSub-Clause15.1[NoticetoCorrect];or
(c) IssuetheCommissioningCertificatetotheContractorsubject
tothepaymentofperformancedamagesaspertheprovisions
ofSub-

Clause10.7[FailuretoReachProductionOutputs],inwhichca
setheEmployershallalsobeentitledtoforthwithapplytheprov
isionsfoundunderSub-
Clause10.7(b)(ii)withoutwaitingfortheprescribedperiod.
12.1(a) iii Completion of Add a new para in the Sub-Clause as under:
outstanding work (iii) on the completion of construction, the Contractor shall fully
and Remedying the reinstate pathways, other local infrastructure, and agricultural
Defects land to at least their pre-project condition as recorded by the
Contractor in consonance with its obligation in Sub-Clause
4.16.
13.1 Right to Vary In the second paragraph of this clause, under point no.(iii)
make the following correction:
“Schedule of Guarantee” read as “Schedule of Performance
Guarantee”
13.2 Value Engineering The Contractor may, at any time, submit to the Employer's
Representative a written proposal, which (in the Contractor's
opinion) will, if adopted:
(a) accelerate completion of the Works;
(b) reduce the cost to the Employer of executing, maintaining
or operating the
Works;
(c) improve the efficiency or value to the Employer of the
completed Works;
(d) improve the efficiency of the Operate Service being
provided; or
(e) otherwise be of benefit to the Employer; or
(f) Improve the Contractor’s efficiency and thereby assist the
Contractor to achieve the Contract milestones or Minimum
Service Levels.
The proposal shall be prepared at the cost of the Contractor
and shall include the items listed in Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation
Procedure]
13.3 Variation Procedure In the last Para replace the words “reasonable profit” by:
“reasonable profit which shall be the percentage profit

applicable to the Cost as stated in the Contract Data for Cost
Plus Profit under Sub-Clause 1.1.24”
13.5 Provisional Sums Add the following Para at the end of this Sub-Clause:
“Asanexception tothe above, the Provisional Sumforthe

costofthe

DAB,shallbeusedtopaytheContractoroftheEmployer'sone-
halfshareoftheinvoicesoftheDABforitsfeesandexpenses,inaccor
dancewithClause20[Claims,DisputesandArbitration].Nopriorinstr
uctionoftheEmployer’sRepresentativeshallberequiredwithrespec
ttotheworkoftheDAB.TheContractorshallproducetheDABinvoice
sandsatisfactoryevidenceofhavingpaidtheentiretyofsuchinvoices
aspartofthesubstantiationofthoseStatementssubmittedunderSub
-
Clause14.3[ApplicationforInterimPaymentCertificates].TheEmpl
oyer’sRepresentativecertificationofsuchStatementsshallbebase
duponsuchinvoicesandsuchevidence.
13.9 Adjustments for Add new clause as follows:
changes in raw The Contractor’s Operate Service price shall be adjusted to
water quality take into account for any increase in operating and
maintenance costs resulting from sustained long term
deterioration in raw water quality relative the raw water quality
characteristics specified in Clause 16 – Supplementary
Information.
14.1 The Contract Price Add the following sentence in the end of the text of Clause 14.1
[The Contract Price]
The amount of applicable Goods & Services Tax (GST) will be
paid separately to the Contractor with each bill at the time of
payment.
14.2 Advance Payment Delete the entire text of Sub-clause 14.2 and replace with the
following text:
Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, make interest-
free mobilization advance payments to the Contractor to assist
in defraying the initial expenses that will necessarily be
incurred by the Contractor for mobilization. The total amount of
such advance payments, and the number of installments, shall
be as stated in the Part A-Contract Data.
The Employer’s Representative will issue an Interim Payment
Certificate for the first installment after:
(i) execution of the Contract Agreement by the parties.
(ii) provision by the Contractor of the Performance Security
in accordance with Sub-clause 4.2 [Performance
Security], and
(iii) provision by the Contractor of an unconditional and
irrevocable bank guarantee in amounts and currencies
equal to the advance payment. Such bank guarantee

shall in the form of an unconditional bank guarantee

issued either by a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank
located in India or a foreign bank through a
correspondent bank located in India and if the issuing
bank is located outside India, it shall have a
correspondent Bank in territory of India to make it
enforceable. The guarantee shall remain effective until
the advance payments have been repaid.
The mobilization advance payments shall be made in
installments as stated in the Contract Data, subject to the
conditions described below. The advance payments shall be
used by the Contractor exclusively for mobilization expenses,
as per the programme approved by the Employer’s
Representative.
The Employer will make payment of the first installment of the
mobilization advance only after the Contractor has fulfilled the
conditions as stated above.
In case the advance payment is not utilized by the Contractor
as per the approved programme and within the stipulated
period to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative,
default proceedings as per Sub-clause 15.2 [Termination for
Contractor’s Default] of General Conditions of Contract, will be
initiated against the Contractor.
It is expected that the Contractor will also mobilize sufficient
funds, which should normally be not less that the advance
provided by the Employer, so that adequate cash flow is
maintained at all times during the execution. The Contractor is
required to maintain liquidity from its own sources, and the
advance from the Employer is only intended to facilitate the
Contractor’s mobilization and enhance activities at the Site.
After the first installment of the advance payment has been
utilized as per the approved programme, substantiated by
relevant documents and to the satisfaction of the Employer’s
Representative; the Contractor may then apply for the second
installment. The Employer will make payment of the second
installment after the Contractor has fulfilled the following
conditions:
(a) Established fully furnished Site office(s);
(b) Submitted, for approval to the Employer’s Representative,
mobilization/ deployment schedules;

(c) Mobilised the survey and subsoil investigation crews to the

Site and commenced the surveys and subsoil
investigations,
(d) Deployed:(i) Contractor’s key personnel required for
managing, executing and supervising the Works, and (ii)
Contractor’s Plant, Machinery and Equipment required for
execution the Works;
(e) Submitted, Service Improvement Plan (SIP),duly approved
by the Employer;
Each installment of the mobilization advance shall be repaid to
the Employer in 10 (ten) equal monthly payments, each in the
amount of 10% (ten percent) of the actual amount of the
installment, by way of deduction from the Interim Payment
Certificates. Deductions will start from the Interim Payment for
the 4th (fourth) month following the month in which the advance
was paid, and will end with a deduction from the Interim
Payment for the 13th (thirteenth) month after payment of the
advance, as per the schedule indicated in the Part A-Contract
Data.
If the advance payments have not been fully repaid prior to
issue of the Commissioning Certificate, or prior to termination
under Clause 15 [Termination by the Employer] or Clause 16
[Suspension and Termination by Contractor] or Clause 18
[Exceptional Risks] (as the case may be) the whole of the
balance, then outstanding, shall immediately become due and
payable by the Contractor to the Employer.
The Employer may, at its sole discretion, forfeit the Bank
Guarantee given by the Contractor as security for such
advance, if the Contractor fails to pay such dues to the
Employer within a reasonable time.
15.4 Payment after In sub para (c),Delete the last sentence ‘After recovering
Termination for ………. balance to the Contractor.’ And append the text as
Contractor’s Default below in the end of sub para (c):
Without prejudice to whatever stated in the forgoing sentences,

upon termination for Contractor’s default the Employer shall
recover directly or through forfeiture the following:
(i) 20% of the value of the un-finished works and as estimated

by the Employer’s Representative

(ii) Amount of Liquidated Delay Damages as per sub clause

9.6 [Delay Damages Relating to Design Build]
(iii) Amount of Retention Money as per sub clause 14.10

[Payment of Retention Money]
(iv) Performance Security as per subclause 4.2 [Performance

Security] including Additional Performance Security.
After recovering any losses damages and extra costs if

the total sum is greater than the sum due to the
contractor than the Employer shall pay the balance to the
Contractor; if less then Contractor shall compensate the
balance to the Employer .
15.8 Corrupt or Add the new sub-clause 15.8 as follows:
Fraudulent Practices “If the Employer determines, based on reasonable evidence,
that the Contractor has engaged in a prohibitive practices, in
competing for or in executing the Contract, then the Employer
may, after giving 14 days’ notice to the Contractor, terminates
the Contract and expel him from the Site, and the provisions of
clause-15 shall apply as if such termination had been made
under Sub-clause 15.2 [Termination for Contractor’s Default]
Should any employee or subcontractor of the Contractor be
determined based on the reasonable evidence, to have
engaged in a prohibitive practice during the execution of the
Contract then that employee shall be removed in accordance
with Sub-clause- 6.9 [Contractor’s Personnel]
The following sentence shall apply:
[For contracts financed by the Asian Development Bank]
For the purposes of this Sub-clause:
“ADB’s Anticorruption Policy (1998, as amended to date)

requires Borrowers (including beneficiaries of ADB-financed
activity), as well as Contractors, Subcontractors,
manufacturers, and Consultants under ADB-financed
contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the
procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance
of this policy, ADB
(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set
forth below as follows:
(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving,
receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, anything

of value to influence improperly the actions of another

party;
(ii) “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission,
including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or
recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to
obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an
obligation;
(iii) “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or
threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly,
any party or the property of the party to influence
improperly the actions of a party;
(iv) “collusive practice” means an arrangement between
two or more parties designed to achieve an improper
purpose, including influencing improperly the actions
of another party;
(v) “abuse” means theft, waste or improper use of assets

related to ADB-related activity, either committed
intentionally or through reckless disregard;
(vi) “conflict of interest” means any situation in which a

party has interests that could improperly influence that
party’s performance of official duties or
responsibilities, contractual obligations, or compliance
with applicable laws and regulations;
(vii) “obstructive practice” means (a) deliberately

destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of
evidence material to an ADB investigation, or
deliberately making false statements to investigators,
with the intent to impede an ADB investigation; (b)
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to
prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters
relevant to a Bank investigation or from pursuing the
investigation; or (c) deliberate acts intended to impede
the exercise of ADB’s contractual rights of audit or
inspection or access to information; and
(viii) “integrity violation" is any act, as defined under ADB’s

Integrity Principles and Guidelines (2015, as amended
from time to time), which violates ADB’s Anticorruption
Policy, including (i) to (vii) above and the following:
violations of ADB sanctions, retaliation against whistle

blowers or witnesses, and other violations of ADB's

Anticorruption Policy, including failure to adhere to the
highest ethical standard.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the

Bidder recommended for award has, directly or through
an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive,
coercive, or obstructive practices or other integrity
violations in competing for the Contract;
(c) will cancel the portion of the financing allocated to a

contract if it determines at any time that representatives
of the borrower or of a beneficiary of ADB-financing
engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or
obstructive practices or other integrity violations during
the procurement or the execution of that contract, without
the borrower having taken timely and appropriate action
satisfactory to ADB to remedy the situation; and
(d) will impose remedial actions on a firm or an individual, at

any time, in accordance with ADB’s Anticorruption Policy
and Integrity Principles and Guidelines, including
declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated
period of time, to participate8 in ADB-financed, -
administered, or -supported activities or to benefit from
an ADB-financed, -administered, or -supported contract,
financially or otherwise, if it at any time determines that
the firm or individual has, directly or through an agent,
engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or
obstructive practices or other integrity violations.
All Bidders, consultants, contractors, suppliers and other

third parties engaged or involved in ADB-related activities
have a duty to cooperate fully in any screening or
investigation when requested by ADB to do so. Such
cooperation includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(a) being available to be interviewed and replying fully

and truthfully to all questions asked;
(b) providing ADB with any items requested that are

within the party’s control including, but not limited to,
8
Whether as a Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, Manufacturer or Supplier, or Service Provider; or in any other
capacity (different names are used depending on the particular Bidding Document).

documents and other physical objects;
(c) upon written request by ADB, authorizing other related

entities to release directly to ADB such information
that is specifically and materially related, directly or
indirectly, to the said entities or issues which are the
subject of the investigation;
(d) cooperating with all reasonable requests to search or

physically inspect their person and/or work areas,
including files, electronic databases, and personal
property used on ADB activities, or that utilizes ADB’s
ICT resources or systems (including mobile phones,
personal electronic devices, and electronic storage
devices such as external disk drives);
(e) cooperating in any testing requested by ADB,

including but not limited to, fingerprint identification,
handwriting analysis, and physical examination and
analysis; and
(f) Preserving and protecting confidentiality of all

information discussed with, and as required by, ADB.
(g) All Bidders, consultants, contractors and suppliers

shall ensure that, in its contract with its sub-
consultants, sub-contractors and other third parties
engaged or involved in ADB-related activities, such
sub-consultants, sub-contractors and other third
parties similarly undertake the foregoing duty to
cooperate fully in any screening or investigation when
requested by ADB to do so.”
17.4 Employer’s risks Add new sub-paragraph (c) as follows:

during the Operate (c) Employer risks associated with the performance of existing
Service Period. water treatment facilities (if any):
Any financial loss, delay or damage resulting from
deterioration in raw water quality relative to the raw water
quality characteristics provided at Supplementary
Information in Section 6 – Employer’s Requirements and
this failure means the treatment processes available to the
Contractor are not adequate to treat the raw water to meet

the Potable Water Specification.

18.1 Exceptional Risks Add additional risks as follows:
(g) Insufficient availability of raw water or characteristics of raw
water does not meet the specification to which the water
treatment works is designed for
(h) Interruptions in availability of electricity
18.2 Notice of Replace the first sentence of this Sub-Clause by the following:
Exceptional Event. “IfaPartyisorwillbesubstantiallypreventedfromperforminghisoblig
ationsundertheContractduetoanExceptionalEvent,thenitshallgie
Notice to the other Party of such event or circumstance and
shall specify the obligations ,the performance of which is or will
be prevented”
19.1 General Add the following at the end of the first paragraph:
Requirements ““The Contractor shall take out any insurance
underorinconnection
withtheContractwithinsurersfromanyeligiblesourcecountrylisted
inAppendix4totheseParticularConditionsPartB.Incaseoffailureb
y
theContractortocomplywiththisrequirement,andirrespectiveofan
yformerapprovalfromtheEmployer,heshallforthwithtakereplace
mentinsurance(s)frominsurershavingtheirorigininaneligiblesour
cecountryandintermsbothsubjecttoapprovalbytheEmployer,alla
ttheContractor’sriskandcost.Fortheavoidanceofdoubt,the
Employer’sRepresentativeshallbeentitledtowithholdcorrespond
ingpaymentcertificationinaccordancewithSub-
Clause14.7[IssueofAdvanceandInterimPaymentCertificates]un
tilsuchtimereplacementinsurance(s)areprovidedinaccordancew
iththeContract.”
20.3 Appointment of Replace the fifth paragraph in its entirety by the following:
Dispute Adjudication “TheagreementbetweenthePartiesandeitherthesolemember("adj
Board udicator")oreachofthethreemembersshallbebasedonthesamplef
ormincludedinthetenderdocuments,andincorporatebyreferencet
heGeneralConditionsofDisputeAdjudicationAgreementintheseG
eneralConditions,withsuchamendmentsasareagreedbetweenth
em.”
20.5 Avoidance of Insertthetextbelowafterthefirstparagraphandbeforethesecondp
Dispute aragraphofthisSub-Clause:
“TheDABshallact,asfarasreasonableandpracticable,inthespiritof
preventingpotentialproblemsorclaimsinbetweenthePartiesfromb
ecomingDisputes.TheDABshalltakereasonableandrelevantinitiat

ivesinthisrespect,including,butnotnecessarilylimitedto,suggestin
gthePartiestoreferamattertotheDABinaccordancewiththisSub-
Clause.TheDABshallhowevernotactinawaywhichmaybeinconsis
tentwithitsobligationsundertheagreementreferredtoinSub-
Clause20.3[AppointmentoftheDisputeAdjudicationBoard]andun
derSub-Clause
20.6[ObtainingDisputeAdjudicationBoard’sDecision],andwhichm
ayrenderanyofitsdecisionunenforceableforbreachofnaturaljustic
eoranyotherproceduralshortcomingormatter.Inparticular,whenac
tingunderthisSub-
Clause20.5,theDisputeBoardshallaccordinglyalwaysmeetthePar
tiesjointly,andshallnotmeetaPartyintheabsenceoftheotherParty.”
20.6 Obtaining Dispute ReplacethefirstparagraphofthisSub-Clausebythefollowing:
Adjudication Board’s “IfaDispute(ofanykindwhatsoever)arisesbetweenthePartiesinco
Decision. nnectionwith,orarisingoutof,theContractortheexecutionoftheWo
rksduringtheDesign-
BuildPeriod,includinganyDisputeastoanycertificate,determinati
on,instruction,opinionorvaluationoftheEmployer’sRepresentativ
e,eitherPartymayrefertheDisputeinwritingtotheDABforitsdecisio
n,withcopiestotheotherPartyandtheEmployer’sRepresentative.
SuchreferenceshallstatethatitisgivenunderthisSub-
Clause.TheotherPartyshallthenhave21daystosendaresponseto
theDABwithcopiestothereferringPartyandtheEmployer’sRepres
entative.”
20.10 Disputes Arising Replace the Sub-Clause 20.10 in its entirety with the following:
during the Operation “Disputes arising during the operation service period which
Service Period cannot be resolved between the parties shall be settled by a
one-person DAB (“Operation Service DAB”). Such person shall
be jointly agreed and appointed by the parties by the date 28
days after one party has given notice to the other Party of its
intention to refer a Dispute to the DAB in accordance with this
Sub-Clause.
If the Parties cannot agree on the person who shall be the
Operation Service DAB, then the person shall be appointed
according to the provisions of Sub-Clause 20.4 [Failure to
agree Dispute Adjudication Board].
The agreement between the Parties and the Operation Service
DAB shall be based on the Sample form included in the tender
documents, and incorporate by reference the General
Conditions of Dispute Adjudication Agreement in these General

Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between

them.
The terms of remuneration of the operation service DAB shall
be mutually agreed upon by the parties when agreeing the
terms of appointment. Each Party shall be responsible for
paying one-half of this remuneration.
The procedure for obtaining a decision from the Operation

Service DAB shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-
clause 20.6 [obtaining Dispute Adjudication Board’s Decision],
and the DAB shall give its decision no later than 84 days after
receiving the other party’s response or, if no such response is
received, within 105 days after receiving the reference and the
supporting documentation from the Party referring the Dispute.
The appointment of the Operation Service DAB shall expire 28
days after it has given its decision in writing to both Parties.
If either Party is dissatisfied with the decision of the Operation
Service DAB the provisions of Sub-Clause 20.6 [Obtaining
Dispute Adjudication Board’s Decision], 20.7 [Amicable
Settlement], 20.8 [Arbitration] and 20.9 [Failure to Comply with
Dispute Adjudication Board’s Decision] shall apply.”

Schedules to General Conditions of Contract

Schedule 1: Obligations of the Employer through MPUDC - supplement to GCC Clause 2
Schedule 2: Schedule of Payments - supplement to GCC Clause 14
Schedule 3: Terms of Reference (ToR) of PMC as assistant to Employer’s Representative
– supplement to GCC Sub-Clause 3.2
Schedule 4: Operating License – supplement to GCC 1.7

Schedule 1: Obligations of the Employer through MPUDC

1.1. During the term of this Contract, the Employer shall have the following obligations:
1.2. The Employer has ensured the following conditions precedent before the
commencement date unless otherwise waived by Parties
(a) Employer has entered into a tripartite agreement with the Government of
Madhya Pradesh and the Nagar Parishads in complying to the terms of this
Contract
(b) Employer has obtained the rights and entitlements for utilizing the source of
water allocated by respective owner or regulator for the such source;
1.3. The Employer shall be responsible for
(a) Overall project management including review, finalization, maintenance and
supervision of the Contractor’s Documents including the agreed Service
Improvement Plan, disbursement of the capital expenditures in accordance with
the procedure specified in the construction contract, disbursement of Contractor
Payments set out in Schedule 5, taking decisions regarding the completion of the
Works and the achievement of the respective obligations by each party, and the
issue of the certificates on commencement or completion of different periods of
Contract.
(b) Preparing applications in accordance to standard procedures for obtaining all
statutory clearances and approvals required from Government of Madhya
Pradesh and/or Government of India, concerning project implementation
including all environmental clearances, permission from highway and railway
authorities, National Highway Authority, Indian Airlines, Airport Authority of India,
Archaeological Survey of India, Ministry of Environment and Forests etc and any
other such authorities as may be required.
(c) The approval of investments as per the agreed Service Improvement Plan.
(d) On receipt of a request from the Contractor to release sufficient funds for either(a)
expansion or replacement of any assets approved under the Asset Replacement
Fund; or (b) undertaking Asset Replacement works approved like replacement of
pumps or electrical infrastructure or provision of new tubewells or any such new
works etc., but not including those assets procured and installed by the
Contractor as part of the approved Service Improvement Plan, and expressly
permitting the Contractor to implement such works on appropriate Variation
orders or organizing implementation of such works by third party contractors
under separate contracts in such a manner that it will not affect the smooth
conduct of the Contractor Obligations under this Contract.
(e) Be responsible for the overall project management including decisions regarding
achievement/non-achievement of performance obligations by the Contractor and
release of eligible payments to the Contractor.
(f) Supervise payments to the Contractor, all consultants and sub-contractors on
request of the main Contractor.

(g) Manage the project roles and responsibilities, interfaces and resolution of
problems arising out of them using appropriate level(s) of interface.
(h) Manage and disburse the investment component of the Project.
(i) Timely disbursement of all the eligible Contractor Payments on successful
fulfilment of Contractor Obligations under this Contract.
(j) Establish a dedicated project account with funds secured from ADB and
Government of Madhya Pradesh sufficient to ensure at least 90 days cumulative
Contractor Payments at any given period of the Contract.
(k) Be responsible for all communications with regard to organizing project funding,
reporting to the funding agency, and obtaining necessary statutory approvals
from the Government of Madhya Pradesh.
(l) Be responsible for ensuring effective and timely compliance of the Obligations of
Nagar Parishad as listed in Appendix 1 hereunder.

Appendix 1: Obligations of Nagar Parishads

1. Access to Facilities
1.1. The Nagar Parishad shall provide to the Contractor, at no cost to the Contractor, free,
continuous and exclusive access to, possession and right to use of, and rights over,
the land, installations, and Facilities, sufficient to enable the Contractor to carry out its
obligations under this Contract on or before the Commencement Date until the
Contract Completion Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the term "Contractor" as used
herein shall include duly authorized officers, employees, Contractor's representatives
and sub-contractors.
1.2. Ownership of the Facilities shall remain with the Nagar Parishad.
1.3. The Nagar Parishad shall on or before the Commencement Date, grant, or procure
for the benefit of the Contractor the rights and powers to repair or replace the
facilities, to lay pipes, construct civil structures, install equipment and machinery on
its behalf (and carry out necessary excavations to achieve this), undertake necessary
remedial works on the existing infrastructure if any and new works, where
appropriate, and to install connections and any other rights and powers required by
the Contractor to carry out its obligations under this Contract. The Contractor shall
give the public or Nagar Parishad reasonable notice of any necessary work which is
likely to cause a disruption to the public or Nagar Parishad, and the Parties shall use
their best endeavours to agree a mutually acceptable program for such work.
1.4. To the extent that Nagar Parishad requires access to the Facilities, for example to
carry out statutory duties, it shall request such access from the Contractor (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Nagar Parishad, its sub-
contractors, employees and consultants (other than the Contractor), in exercising
their rights of access to the Facilities within the Service Area, shall comply at all times
with:
a) All governing laws, relevant permits set forth in GCC Sub-Clause 1.13 and
other permits for the services and all relevant health and safety
requirements;
b) Instructions and directions issued by the Contractor which are necessary to
ensure compliance by the Contractor with any governing laws and any
relevant health and safety requirements applicable to their respective
activities in the Service Area; and
c) Such health and safety regulations and site regulations as the Contractor
has in effect at the facilities from time to time, such regulations having been
provided to Nagar Parishad.
1.5. The Contractor shall be relieved from performance of its obligations under this
Contract to the extent that Nagar Parishad or its sub-contractors impede or prevent
the performance by the Contractor of its obligations under this Contract but shall use
reasonable endeavours to perform the services and mitigate any loss or damage.

1.5.1. The Nagar Parishad shall be entitled to monitor on a regular basis the Contractor's
performance of the services and may request any technical documents and reports
necessary to do so provided that such requests would not hinder the Contractor in
performing its obligations under the Contract. The Nagar Parishad shall have access
to the Facilities to inspect the facilities during business hours upon reasonable
advance notice to the Contractor.
1.6. Where the Nagar Parishad or the Employer or its sub-contractors, employees,
consultants or agents cause damage to the Facilities in the exercise of its rights
under this Sub-Clause 1.6, The Nagar Parishad/the Employer shall be liable to the
Contractor for the reasonable cost of repairing the damage to the facilities so caused.
2. The Nagar Parishad shall provide free of charge sufficient space to construct an
office, storage, Customer Service Centres, and parking space to enable the
Contractor to perform its obligations under this Contract.
3. Land Rent, and Property Taxes if any
3.1. The Nagar Parishad shall be responsible for and pay the land rent and the property
taxes if any and the Contractor shall not be responsible for these charges. The
Nagar Parishad will also bear the cost of any increase in such charges from time to
time.
3.2. The Nagar Parishad will remain responsible for all water related revenue arrears
(property tax) dated prior to the commencement of Operation Service Period.
4. Tariff Setting and Timely Revisions
4.1. Within 365 days from the Contract Commencement Date, the Nagar Parishad shall
be responsible for establishing a water charging regime by setting a tariff to be
charged for water consumed through a metered connection and monthly minimum
fixed charges for customers who have no meters.
4.2. Cost recovery will be phased in to avoid tariff shock to the customers, and so that the
tariff is commensurate with improved Service Levels as set out in Section 6 Employer
Requirements.
4.3. It is required that the tariff for potable water:
i. Shall by the end of Design Build Period be able to recover at least [50%] of
the Contractor payments due during the Operation Service Period;
ii. Shall by the end of 5 (five) years from the issue of Commissioning Certificate
be able to recover [100%] of the Contractor payments including payments
under Asset Replacement Fund due during the Operation Service Period;
and
iii. Thereafter shall be increased annually in line with inflation, and to meet
revised cost recovery objectives as established by the Nagar Parishad and
Government of Madhya Pradesh.
5. Grant of Connections
5.1. Upon receiving a request and recommendation from the Contractor and confirmation
of proof of payment of any statutory charges from a potential new Customer, the
Nagar Parishad shall grant the approval for providing service connections to such
Customers.

6. Non-revenue Connections and Consumption

6.1. The Contractor shall monitor the System in order to detect non-revenue connections
and consumption. The Nagar Parishad shall assist the Contractor in identifying non-
revenue connections and consumption and preparing invoices for non-revenue
consumption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor shall not be responsible for
the quality of water taken at non-revenue connections unless and until a formal
connection has been installed and a continuous 24 Hour Supply is provided to that
connection. The Nagar Parishad shall indemnify the Contractor for any cost, penalty,
claim, damage, injury, charge, fine, levy or liability arising out of or in connection with
any non-revenue connections or water abstracted therefrom to the extent that the
connections are made into pipes carrying raw or clarified water, unless and until such
non-revenue connections are connected to the potable water system or local
treatment processes are put in place.
7. Licenses and Consents
7.1. The Nagar Parishad shall provide the Contractor with an Operating License for the
duration of the Operation Period authorizing the Contractor to operate and maintain
the Works and provide water services in the Nagar Parishad.
7.2. The Nagar Parishad shall procure, obtain and maintain all consents to enable the
Contractor to perform its duties and its obligations under the Contract for the duration
of the Contract. The Nagar Parishad shall deal directly with the departments of the
government or statutory authorities on behalf of the Contractor on all matters that
require consultation and discussion with such department and shall ensure that the
Contractor is able reasonably to perform its duties under the Contract. The Contractor
will provide at the Nagar Parishad’s request all reasonable assistance and support to
the Nagar Parishad in procuring all Consents.
8. Electricity
8.1. The Nagar Parishad shall provide the Contractor with continuous and unimpeded
access to electricity supply facilities. The Nagar Parishad shall pay to the electricity
supply company all the charges for demand, consumption, etc., as levied other than
the penalties if levied due to operating negligence of the Contractor or power factor
surcharges. The Contractor’s Monthly payments will be adjusted as described in the
preamble to the BoQ to account for the electricity used.
9. Third Party Contractors
9.1. The Nagar Parishad shall make an inventory of any Works in relation to the facilities
which are in progress (and funded by Nagar Parishad or Government of Madhya
Pradesh) at the Commencement Date, deliver to the Contractor two copies of any
associated contracts as required by the Contractor, and agree with the Contractor on
the conditions of hand over of these Works to the Contractor for operation,
maintenance and management (as applicable) by the Contractor upon the
commissioning of such Works, including any additional cost to be incurred or any
increase in the Contractor Payments required by the Contractor.
10. Collection of Water Revenue and Deposit:
10.1. The Nagar Parishad shall:

(a) Collect all amounts due to Nagar Parishad as revenues related to the water
services:
i. through Nagar Parishad’s billing offices,
ii. through banks, electronic transfer, and
iii. by other means as may be prescribed by the Nagar Parishad;
(b) deploy required staff on shift system in the customer service centre to manage the
collection service. The responsibilities of the collection staff shall be:
i. Receiving cash or cheques or other means of payment and recording the
transaction in the revenue account and issuing authorized receipt for the
payment to the customer
ii. Continuous update of computerized revenue account management
iii. Safe and timely deposit of the cash and other payment instruments into the
designated revenue account in the designated bank within 24 hours of the
receipt of the payments
iv. Working on a customer friendly working hours of 8am to 8pm during all
working days
v. Timely resolution of any complaints from customer with coordination with the
Contractor
(c) Identify and record all outstanding accounts and initiate and undertake all
necessary measures to collect outstanding accounts;
(d) Share the information with the Contractor with summary and analysis of unpaid
accounts once in every month;
(e) Manage all aspects of revenue collection services with the Customers including
debt management
10.2. Management of collected revenue
a. With respect to the collection of customer payments under the sole responsibility of
the Nagar Parishad, the Nagar Parishad shall directly deposit all of the collected
consumer payments, whether in the form of cash, cheques or other form, into the
designated revenue account established exclusively for the purpose and owned by
the Nagar Parishad by the next business or working day.
b. Until such time as the Nagar Parishad deposits the charges into the designated
revenue account, the charges shall be in the care and custody of the Nagar Parishad
staff protected under an appropriate cash on transit insurance.
c. The Nagar Parishad shall not deposit nor permit the deposit or divert the charges into
any account other than the designated revenue account Nagar Parishad account.
d. The Nagar Parishad shall put in place, prior to the receipt of any of the charges,
security measures necessary to protect such charges from loss, theft or destruction.

Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract 8-35
Schedule 2: Schedule of Payments

1. The Contractor payments comprises of two components:
a. Payment for Design-Build works; and
b. Payment for Operation Service.
c. Payments for Asset Replacement
2. Interim Payments for Design-Build works implemented during the Design-Build Period.
(i) The eligibility of payment shall be as follows:
ITEM NO.- 1 (RIVER PONDING STRUCTURE / ANICUT / WEIR / STOP DAM)

S. No. Description of Items % of cost
Construction of River pounding structure / Anicut / Weir / Stop Dam
1 5% of the quoted price on land survey/ geotechnical survey/ and approval of 5%

detail engineering design and drawings
2 25% of the quoted price on completion of excavation, PCC, and foundation in all 25%
respect up to river bed level
3 30% of the quoted price on completion of 75% height or desired height or 30%
structure on pro-rata basis (i.e. with the on progress of work)
4 30% of the quoted price on completion of structure (Anicut) with all respect (i.e 30%
protection wall, Apron, Key wall etc.)
5 10% of the quoted price after commencement of water supply from anicut to 10%
intake well / WTP
Total of Item No :1 100%
ITEM NO- 2 ( INTAKE & RWPH WORK )

Sl.
Description of Items % of cost
No.
Construction of Intake well and raw water pump house with approach bridge.
A 5% of the quoted price on approval of detailed engineering designs and 5%
drawings;
B 10% on completion of each structure of foundation works up to the ground 10%
level.
C 30% on completion of each structure of civil construction. 30%
1 On completion of total wall height. 30.0%
2 On completion of pump floor slab. 20.0%
3 On completion of roof slab. 30.0%
4 On completion of plastering, painting, flooring & finishing. 20.0%
Sub Total of C 100%
D 30% on supply and installation of all mechanical, electrical equipment 30%
1 On Supply of MS approach Bridge. 40.0%
2 On Installation of MS approach Bridge. 5.0%
3 On Supply of MS Inlet Port with Suitable Sluice Gate & Strainer. 20.0%
4 On Installation of MS Inlet Port with Suitable Sluice Gate & Strainer. 5.0%
5 On Supply of Suitable Mono Rail with Chain Block. 10.0%

6 On Installation of Suitable Mono Rail with Chain Block. 5.0%

7 On Supply of material for all internal & external electrification and other material 10.0%
etc..
8 On Installation of all internal & external electrification and other material etc... 5.0%
Subtotal of D 100%
E 15% after installation of all equipment, instrumentation and protection 15%
equipment etc;
F 10% on successful commissioning, testing and demonstration of Service 10%
Levels.
Total of Item No 2 (A+B+C+D+E+F) 100%
ITEM NO.-3 A (For pipe laying works including all accessories)

1 60% of the quoted price, against supply and storage of pipe at site 60.0%
2 5% of the quoted price, against supply and storage of pipe fittings at site 5.0%
3 15% after laying of pipes 15.0%
4 10% after sectional testing is completed successfully 10.0%
5 10% on setting up the DMA and commissioning the pipeline. 10.0%
Total of Item No: 3 A 100%
The Contractor needs to start laying, jointing and testing of pipes simultaneously. At any time, payment
against supply of pipes will not be more than 20% of the pipe length for each ULB of un-laid length, and
payment against laying and jointing will not be more than 20% of untested pipeline in the field.
ITEM NO.-3B (For Develop, Up-date and Maintain DMA network models )
1 On investigating the condition of Existing pipeline, submission of proposal for 10%
replacement requirement (If any) & submission of report
2 On Approval of Detailed Engineering Designs & Drawings of Distribution Network 10%
by setting up isolated DMA.
3 On developing District Metered Areas (“DMA”s) at site within the Service Area 30%
and hydraulically isolated by installing boundary isolation valves.
4 On commissioning of District Metered Areas (“DMA”s) - Partially/Fully 10%
5 On up-dating and maintaining the DMA network models upto desired 30%
minimum service level of NRW as per clause 3.6.6 (f) section-6 of contract
agreement within three-month period after commissioning.
6 On final commissioning of DMAs and handing over models to Employer 10%
Total of Item No: 3 B 100%
The Contractor needs to start laying, jointing and testing of pipes simultaneously. At any time, payment
against supply of pipes will not be more than 20% of the pipe length for each ULB of un-laid length, and
payment against laying and jointing will not be more than 20% of untested pipeline in the field.
ITEM NO.-4 ( For Service Reservoirs )
1 On approval of detailed engineering designs and drawings 5%
2 After foundation including staging up to ground level 15%
3 After casting complete Staging 20%
4 After casting Ring Beam, cone wall and Bottom Slab or Bottom Dome 10%

5 After Casting Container Vertical wall 15%

6 After Casting Stair-Case, Top Dome etc. 10%
7 Installation of all fittings, piping arrangements, valves etc. 15%
8 Completion of all civil works and electrification etc. 5%
9 Hydraulic testing of the Reservoir 5%
Total of Item No: 4 100%
ITEM NO.- 5 ( WTP WORK )

Construction of Water Treatment plant ( WTP) / clear water pump house / sump well.
A 5% of the quoted price on approval of detailed engineering designs and 5%
drawings;
B 10% on completion of each structure of foundation works up to the ground 10%
level.
1 Aerator @ 3% 3%
2 Flash Mixer @ 2% 2%
3 Clariflocculator @ 30% 30%
4 Filter House @ 25% 25%
5 Chemical House @ 10% 10%
6 Clear water Sump @ 7.5% 7.5%
7 Pump House @ 7.5% 7.5%
8 Sludge Drying Bed @ 5% 5%
9 Staff Quarter @ 5% 5%
10 Boundary Wall @ 5% 5%
Sub Total of "B" 100%
C 30% on completion of each structure of civil construction. 30%
1 Aerator @ 3% of civil construction cost. 3.0%
2 FLASH MIXER @ 2% of civil construction cost. 2.0%
3 CLARI - FLOCCULATOR @ 30% of civil construction cost.. 30.0%
4 FILTER HOUSE @ 25% of civil construction cost. 25.0%
5 WASH WATER TANK @ 3% of civil construction cost. 3.0%
6 CHEMICAL HOUSE @ 10% of civil construction cost. 10.0%
7 CLEAR WATER SUMP @ 5% of civil construction cost. 5.0%
8 PUMP HOUSE @ 5% of civil construction cost. 5.0%
9 Sludge Drying Bed @ 5% 5%
10 Staff Quarter @ 5% 5%
11 Boundary Wall @ 5% 5%
12 For Finishing & Painting @ 2% of civil construction cost. 2.0%
Sub Total of "C" 100.0%
D 30% on supply and installation of all mechanical, electrical equipment 30%

1 Aerator @ 3% 3.0%
2 FLASH MIXER @ 2% 2.0%
3 CLARI - FLOCCULATOR @ 40% 40.0%
4 FILTER HOUSE @ 25% 25.0%
5 WASH WATER TANK @ 5% 5.0%
6 CHEMICAL HOUSE @ 10% 10.0%
7 CLEAR WATER SUMP @ 5% 5.0%
8 PUMP HOUSE @ 5% 5.0%
9 Sludge Drying Bed @ 5% 5.0%
E 15% after installation of all equipment, instrumentation and protection 15%
equipment etc;
F 10% on successful commissioning, testing and demonstration of Service 10%
Levels.
Total of Item No 5 (A+B+C+D+E+F) 100%
ITEM NO:- 6 ( PLC SCADA )

Sl.
Description of Items % of cost
No.
Supplying and Installation of PLC SCADA for data processing, data management equipment, etc.
complete with cost of third party inspection, materials, labor, taxes and duties for monitor of flow
& pressure of water at Intake, WTP, OHTs and start of DMAs
1 On Supply & Storage at Site 65.0%

2 On Installation of Equipment/Item 15.0%
3 On Successful Completion of Testing & Trial Run completed successfully 10.0%
4 On Commissioning of the Equipment 10.0%
Total of Item No 6 100%
Item No. 7 : Mechanical/ Electrical items/Pumping Machinery

i. 65% of the quoted price, against supply and storage at Site;
ii. 15% after installation of the equipment/item;
iii. 10% after testing and trial run completed successfully; and
iv. 10% on commissioning of the equipment.
3. While making running payment for the Design-Build works carried out by the Contractor, the
cost of Works will be calculated based on BOQ unit rates or the new rates as approved by
the Employer. The adjustment in cost of Works will be calculated separately. The difference
in adjusted cost and cost of Works already paid shall be paid once the adjustment in cost is
calculated.
4. Payment for Operation Service:
(i) Payments for the Operation Service comprises the Contractor’s Fixed Monthly O&M
Fee and the Contractor’s Variable Monthly O&M Fee.
(ii) The Fixed Monthly O&M Fee and the Variable Monthly O&M Fee shall be invoiced
three Months in arrears.
(iii) The Fixed Monthly O&M Fee “Ff” for any particular month shall be paid as arrears latest
by 5th of the subsequent month at the rate specified in Bill of Quantities.

(iv) The Variable Monthly O&M Fee “Vf” is calculated as follows:

Contractor’s Variable Monthly O&M Fee Vf = Bv x Fv
Where:
“Bv” is the billed volume of water in cubic meters supplied to customers, as
measured at the customer meters in the Month under Consideration. The billed
volume of customers with non-functional meters shall be based on average
consumption in the six months preceding the billing Month under consideration.
“Fv” is the variable O&M fee in Rupees per cubic meter specified in the Bill of
Quantities.
(v) Performance Damages for failure to meet Service Levels shall be recovered from
payments towards Operation Service in accordance to Clause 11 Service Levels,
Section 6, Employer’s Requirements
(vi) No penalties or Performance Damages shall be recovered in the event that the
Contractor’s non-performance has been caused by an Exceptional Event as defined in
GCC 18.1 and PCC 18.1.

Schedule 3: Terms of Reference (ToR) of PMC as

Employer’s Representative
1. Appointment: MPUDC will appoint a Program Management Consultant (PMC) to assist the
Project Management Unit and Project Implementation Units in successful implementation of
the project. The PMC’s role shall be an assistant to the Employer’s Representative for the
purpose of monitoring and evaluation of the performance of the Contract during the Contract
Period. The PMC shall play a positive and independent role in discharging its functions,
thereby facilitating smooth implementation of the Contract.
2. Obligations: The key obligations of the PMC shall be:
a) Review the Service Improvement Plan (SIP) furnished by the Contractor and suggest
modifications if any required especially with reference to the baseline service levels and
investments proposed by the Contractor to achieve the Service Levels stipulated in
Section 6 Employer Requirements;
b) Monitor the performance of the Contractor and verify the periodical reports furnished by
the Contractor in terms of achievement or maintenance of Service Levels set forth in
Section 6, Employer Requirements;
c) Review the procedures and policies and suggest any modifications or changes required
to protect the interest of Customers, Employers, MPUDC and Nagar Parishad;
d) Review matters related to safety and environmental management measures adopted by
Contractor;
e) Provide independent advise to both Parties under this Contract in times of requirement
of revision or rebasing of the Service Levels required due to the following events:
i. Substantial change in baseline parameters;
ii. Discovery of unknown assets and additional infrastructure which can be put to
use resulting in revision of Mandatory Works;
iii. Failure of the performance of any of the existing assets other than the new or
replaced assets implemented by the Contractor necessitating Major
Maintenance by way of replacement;
iv. Substantial change in Raw Water Quality in the source requiring additional
processing and treatment requirements; and
v. Default of the Employer, MPUDC or Nagar Parishad on the Contractor’s Notice
to Correct.
f) Attend project review meetings and provide recommendations on mid-course
corrections if any, required for successful implementation of the Project;
g) Check, verify and advise the Parties on any Variations proposed by the Contractor from
time to time;
h) Undertake periodical, at least once in a month, on-site verification of the Services and
provide recommendations on any issues which require immediate attention and action
from any of the Parties;
i) Set out a mechanism and monitor smooth handover of Facilities by the Nagar Parishad
to the Contractor and hand back of the Facilities by the Contractor to Nagar Parishad.

3. Reports: The PMC shall prepare and submit to MPUDC, periodical reports including the
following:
a) Monthly report on validation of performance of Contractor with reference to the
achievement or maintenance of the Service Levels set forth in Section 6 Employer
Requirements;
b) Report on Variations, Force Majeure Events and Disputes if any;
c) Report on Notice to Correct issued and compliance of Parties to correct;
d) Issues, if any, with regard to operation, maintenance and management along with the
details of the action taken for the resolution of the same;
e) Photographic records of on-site periodical verification;
f) Report on PMC’s compliance with this Terms of Reference; and
g) Any other report as may be reasonably required by MPUDC or as may be necessary to
give effect to the provisions of this Contract.
4. Duration: The appointment of PMC shall be from the Contract Commencement Date and up
to 365 days from the date of commencement of Operation Service Period. MPUDC reserves
the right to extend the services of the PMC for a further period or up to the Contract
Completion Date.

Schedule 4: Operating License

(draft version)
[on letterhead paper of the Nagar Parishad]
License to provide water services
Whereas:
1) The Nagar Parishad is responsible for the provision of water services within its municipal boundaries
2) The Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited (MPUDC) has engaged [……] as
Contractor to undertake the improvement of water supply in …….. Nagar Parishad s) on a Design Build
Operate (DBO) basis.
3) Under the terms of the DBO Agreement the Nagar Parishad is required to issue Operating Licences to
the Contractor which shall form part of the DBO Agreement.
Terms of the License:
1) The Contractor is hereby authorized extract, treat and distribute water as specified in the DBO
Agreement and in accordance with the applicable law.
2) The Contractor is hereby authorized to operate and maintain the water systems and to undertake
customer and commercial management activities, as set out in the DBO Agreement.
3) In consideration of the Contractor’s performance of the activities set out in the DBO Agreement, but
only to the extent provided for in the DBO Agreement, the Employer grants the Contractor for the
term the DBO Agreement, the exclusive right, license and authority to occupy, use and enjoy the Site
free of charge and free and clear of all claims.
4) Notwithstanding its grant of rights set forth herein, the Contractor shall have no right of property or
ownership over the Site and of the Works.
This Licence shall come into full force and effect upon the issue of the Commissioning Certificate required
under GCC Clause 11.7 of the DBO Agreement and shall remain in force during the Operation Service
Period as defined in GCC Clause 1.1.58, unless terminated earlier pursuant to GCC Clause 15 of the DBO
Agreement.
Definitions
The terms and expressions in this licence shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the DBO Agreement.
Signed: ………………………………………………..
Position: ………………………………………………..
Date …………………………………………………….
For the Nagar Parishad
Bidding Document OCB Package No Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

Section 9 – Contract Forms 9-1
Section 9 - Contract Forms

This Section contains forms which, once completed, will form part of the Contract. The forms for
Performance Security and Advance Payment Security, when required, shall only be completed by
the successful Bidder after contract award.
Table of Forms
Letter of Acceptance ................................................................................................................. 9-178
Contract Agreement .................................................................................................................. 9-179
Performance Security .................................................................................................................... 9-6
Advance Payment Security ....................................................................................................... 9-183

Notice of Intention for Award of Contract9-2

[on letterhead paper of the employer]
[date of notification]
To: [name of the bidder]

Attention: [insert name of the bidder’s authorized representative]
Address: [insert address of the bidder’s authorized representative]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert telephone/fax numbers of the bidder’s authorized representative]
E-mail Address: [insert e-mail address of the bidder’s authorized representative]
This is to notify you of our intention to award the contract [insert name of the contract and
identification number, as given in the Bid Data Sheet]. You have [insert number of days as specified in ITB
41.1 of the BDS] days from the date of this notification to (i) request for a debriefing in relation to
the evaluation of your Bid; and/or (ii) submit a bidding-related complaint in relation to the
intention for award of contract, in accordance with the procedures specified in ITB 46.1.
The summary of the evaluation are as follows:
1. List of Bidders
Bid Price as Read Out
Name of Bidder Evaluated Bid Price
at Opening
2. Reason/s Why Your Bid was Unsuccessful
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………
3. The Successful Bidder

Name of Bidder:
Address:
Contract Price:
Duration of Contract:
Scope of the Contract Awarded:
Amount Performance Security Required:
Authorized Signature: ……………………………………………………………

Name and Title of Signatory: ……………………………………………………
Name of Agency: …………………………………………………………………

Notification of Award9-3
[on letterhead paper of the employer]
Letter of Acceptance
. . . . . . . date. . . . . . .
To: . . . . . . . . . . name and address of the contractor ..........
Subject: .......... Notification of Award Contract No. ..........
This is to notify you that your Bid dated . . . . date. . . . for execution of the . . . . . . . . . .name of
the contract and identification number, as given in the Bid Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . for the Accepted
Contract Amount of the equivalent of . . . . . . . . .amount in figures and words and name of currency . . . .
. . . . ., as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby
accepted by our Agency.
You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the
Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in
Section 9 (Contract Forms) of the Bidding Document.
Authorized Signature: ......................................................................................................................
Name and Title of Signatory: ...........................................................................................................
Name of Agency: .............................................................................................................................
Attachment: Contract Agreement

Contract Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT made the . . . . . .day of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . ., between . . . . .
name of the employer. . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and . . . . . name of
the contractor. . . . .(hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:
WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as . . . . . name of the contract. . . . .should
be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution and
completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein.
The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:
1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are
respectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.
2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part
of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.
(a) the Contract Agreement,
(b) the Letter of Acceptance,
(c) the Letter of Technical Bid,
(d) the Letter of Price Bid,
(e) the Variation Nos . . . . . insert variation numbers if any. . . . .
(f) the Particular Conditions of Contract – Part A,
(g) the Particular Conditions of Contract – Part B,
(h) the List of Eligible Countries that was specified in Section 5 of the Bidding Document
(i) the General Conditions of Contract,
(j) the Specifications,
(k) the Drawings,
(l) the completed Schedules including Bill of Quantities, and
(m) any other documents shall be added here.1

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as
indicated in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to
execute the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the
provisions of the Contract.
4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the
execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the
Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the
Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
1
Tables of Adjustment Data may be added if the contract provides for price adjustment (see GCC 13.8).

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be

executed in accordance with the laws of . . . . . name of the borrowing country. . . .
.on the day, month and year indicated above.
Signed by ......................................................... Signed by .............................................................
for and on behalf of the Employer for and on behalf the Contractor
in the presence of in the presence of
Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date

Performance Security
................................... Bank’s name, and address of issuing branch or office1 ...............................................................
Beneficiary: ................................ Name and address of employer .............................................
Date: .........................................................................................................................
Performance Guarantee No.: .........................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . . name of the contractor. . . . . (hereinafter called "the
Contractor") has entered into Contract No. . . . . . reference number of the contract. . . . . dated . . . .
. . . .with you, for the execution of . . . . . . name of contract and brief description of corks. . . . .
(hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance

guarantee is required.
At the request of the Contractor, we . . . . . name of the bank. . . . . hereby irrevocably undertake to
pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of . . . . . name of the currency and
amount in figures2 . . . . . (. . . . . amount in words. . . . . ) such sum being payable in the types and
proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of your first
demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach
of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your needing to prove or to show grounds for
your demand or the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall expire, no later than the . . . . . Day of . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 3, and any
demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No.
458 (or ICC Publication No. 758 as applicable), except that subparagraph (ii) of Sub-article 20(a) is
hereby excluded.4
............................
Seal of Bank and Signature(s)
Note to Bidder
If the institution issuing the performance security is located outside the country of the employer,
it shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the country of the employer to make
it enforceable.
1
All italicized text is for guidance on how to prepare this demand guarantee and shall be deleted from the final document.
2
The guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the contract price specified in the contract and denominated either in
the currency(ies) of the contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the employer.
3
Insert the date 28 days after the expected completion date. The employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for
completion of the contract, the employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the guarantor. Such request must be
in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the employer might
consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension
of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [6 months][1 year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such
request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
4
Or the same or similar to this clause specified in the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 758 where applicable.

Advance Payment Security

................................... Bank’s name, and address of issuing branch or office1 ..............................................................
Beneficiary: ................................ Name and address of employer .............................................
Date: .........................................................................................................................
Advance Payment Guarantee No.: ..................................................................................
We have been informed that [name of the contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has
entered into Contract No. [reference number of the contract]dated . . . . . . . .with you, for the
execution of [name of contract and brief description of works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance

payment in the sum [name of the currency and amount in words]2 [amount in figures] is to be made
against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Contractor, we [name of the bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you
any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [name of the currency and amount in words]3
[amount in figures] upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written
statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the Contract because
the Contractor:
(a) used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization and cash
flow support in respect of the Works; or
(b) has failed to repay the advance payment when it has become due and payable in
accordance with the conditions of the Contract, specifying the amount payable by the
Contractor.
It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the advance
payment referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number
[Contractor’s account number] at [name and address of the bank].
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the
advance payment repaid by the Contractor as indicated in copies of interim statements or
payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest,
upon our receipt of a copy of the interim payment certificate indicating that ninety percent (90%)
of the Contract Price has been certified for payment, or on the [date] day of [month], [year]4,
whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be
received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No.
458[or ICC Publication No. 758 as applicable].
1
All italicized text is for guidance on how to prepare this demand guarantee and shall be deleted from the final document.
2
The guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment denominated either in the currency(ies) of the
advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the employer.
3
Footnote 2.
4
Insert the expected expiration date of the time for completion. The employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for
completion of the contract, the employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the guarantor. Such request must be
in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the employer might
consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension
of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [6 months][1 year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such
request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee."

....................................
[Signature(s) and seal of bank (where appropriate)]
Note to Bidder
If the institution issuing the advance payment security is located outside the country of the
employer, it shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the country of the
employer to make it enforceable.

Bid Document 108 7C PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bid Document 108 7C PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bid Document 108 7C PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Invitation for Bid i

Government of Madhya Pradesh, India

Invitation for Bids

Date: 21st May, 2018

Deadline for Submission of Bids- 04th September 2018, 15:00 hours.

Shri S.C. Batham

5. To purchase the bidding documents in English, eligible bidders should

 to the address www.mpeproc.gov.in

Improvement to water supply services in Kothi, Kotar, Jaitwara, and

(Following ADB’s single stage two envelope bidding procedure)

Issued on: 21st May, 2018

Invitation for Bids No.:108

OCB No.: MPUSIP-7C

Employer: Madhya Pradesh Urban Development Company Limited

PART I BIDDING PROCEDURES

Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet (BDS) ----------------------------------------------------------- 2-1

Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC) ---------------------------- 3-1

Section 4 - Bidding Forms (BDF) ----------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

Section 5 - Eligible Countries (ELC) ------------------------------------------------------- 5-1

PART III CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND CONTRACT FORMS

Section 8 - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) --------------------------------- 8-1

Section 9 - Contract Forms (COF) ---------------------------------------------------------- 9-1

Section 1: Instructions to Bidders

B. Contents of Bidding Document .................................................................................................1-9

C. Preparation of Bids .....................................................................................................................1-9

D. Submission and Opening of Bids ............................................................................................1-15

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids ....................................................................................... 1-19

F. Award of Contract ..................................................................................................................... 1-24

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

1.2 Throughout this Bidding Document,

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

inspect their accounts and records and other documents relating to

(a) being available to be interviewed and replying fully and truthfully to

(c) upon written request by ADB, authorizing other related entities to

(d) cooperating with all reasonable requests to search or physically

(e) cooperating in any testing requested by ADB, including but not

(f) preserving and protecting confidentiality of all information

3.5 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

(a) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable; and

(d) they have a relationship with each other, directly or through

(f) a Bidder, Joint Venture partner, associates, parent company, or

(h) a Bidder would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common

4.4 A firm shall not be eligible to participate in any procurement activities

4.5 Government-owned enterprises in the Employer’s country shall be

4.7 Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility

4.8 Firms shall be excluded if by an act of compliance with a decision of

4.9 In case a prequalification process has been conducted prior to the

B. Contents of Bidding Document

PART I Bidding Procedures

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope

Section 4 - Bidding Forms (BDF)

7. Clarification of 7.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification on the Bidding

7.4 The Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid

Bidding Document OCB Package No –7C Single-Stage: Two-Envelope